00 07 15.9 +27 42 29; Peg
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 120°
24" (10/12/20): moderately bright, oval 4:3 or 3:2
WNW-ESE, strong sharp concentration with a very bright core. The 40"x30" halo has a nearly
even surface brightness. A mag 15
star is 0.9' NE and a mag 13 star 1.5' NNW. Member of a group (LGG 002), that also includes
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, slightly elongated
~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, oval 3:2 ~E-W, small, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 1.9' NNE and a mag 13 star is 1.5' NNW of center.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, very small, small bright core.
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, very small. Forms a pair with NGC 2 2' SSE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1 on 30 Sep 1861 while
testing the 11-inch f/17.5 Merz refractor of the Copenhagen Observatory. He missed nearby NGC 2. This was d'Arrest's first deep sky
discovery, though he was uncertain if his object was identical to h4 or h5
(both of which refer to
******************************
NGC 2 = UGC 59 = MCG +04-01-026 = CGCG 477-055 = Holm 2B =
00 07 17.1 +27 40 41; Peg
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 115°
24" (10/12/20): at 375x; fairly faint, oval 5:3 WNW-ESE, ~35" major axis, broad weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.1' W.
17.5" (11/14/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, even surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star lies 1.1' W of center. Forms a pair (optical) with brighter and larger NGC 1, just 1.8' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, small, elongated ~E-W. A mag 13 star lies 1' W.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, very small, low surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 1.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2 on 20 Aug 1873 and recorded a "vF companion [to NGC 1] south". Dreyer confirmed the observation on 29 Oct 1877 and noted, "Nova 2' ssf easily seen, vF, eS stellar."
NGC 2 was missed by d'Arrest, who discovered NGC 1 on 30 Sep 1861 with an 11-inch refractor, and Herman Schultz, who observed NGC 1 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala. Yann Pothier credits Auguste Voigt with the original discovery on 14 Sep 1865 with the 31-inch Foucault reflector at the Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
00 07 16.8 +08 18 06; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 111°
48" (10/24/11): at 610x appeared fairly bright,
elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 30"x12", well concentrated with a very small
bright core and stellar nucleus. A
mag 11.5 star lies 1.3' SW.
Brightest in a group with the other members much fainter. These include
18" (10/21/06): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 0.4'x0.25', very small slightly brighter core, faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. A mag 11.5 star lies 1.2' SW. Brightest in a group of faint galaxies.
17.5" (8/2/86): fairly faint, small, bright core,
slightly elongated. A mag 11.5
star is 1.2' WSW. Brightest in the
NGC 3 group with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 3 = m 1 on 29 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, vS, R, alm stellar." NGC 3 is the brightest in a small group of faint galaxies (NGC 7834, 7835, 7837, 7838, 7840, 3, 4) all discovered by Marth on the same night. Édouard Stephan made observation on 26 Sep 1867 and 19 Sep 1873, and measured an accurate position on 9 Oct 1876.
******************************
00 07 24.4 +08 22 23; Psc
V = 15.9; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
48" (10/24/11): at 610x appeared fairly faint, very
small, round, 10" diameter, high surface brightness. This description applies to the core as
the faint thin extensions on the DSS were not noticed. Located 2.9' W of mag 9.5
18" (10/21/06): extremely faint and small, round. This threshold object appeared virtually stellar, perhaps 4" diameter and only visible occasionally with averted vision. Located 3' due west of a mag 9 star. Another very difficult galaxy, NGC 7840, lies 4' WNW.
17.5" (8/2/86): faintest member of the NGC 3 group. Extremely faint and small, at visual threshold. Located 2.9' W of mag 9 SAO 109022 and 4.8' NNE of NGC 3.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 4 = m 2 on 29 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "eF". His position is 10 tsec of RA following
and 5' N of NGC 3 (discovered on the same night, along with 5 other faint
galaxies). The galaxy listed here
(
******************************
00 07 48.9 +35 21 44; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, very small, round, small bright core.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 5 = St. 12-1 on 18 Sep 1871. His rough position 5' too far ESE. His published micrometric position (list 12, #1) was made 10 year later on 21 Oct 1881 with description "Small core of 13 to 14 mag, surrounded by a very small and faint nebula."
******************************
00 09 32.6 +33 18 31; And
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift found NGC 6 = Sw. 2-3 on 20 Sept 1885 with the
16" Clark refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "eF; cE; vS;
one of 5 stars which point to it is pretty near." There is nothing at his position, but
75 seconds of RA east and 47' north is NGC 20 = UGC 84. The RA offset is shared by several
other objects discovered this night (
******************************
00 08 20.8 -29 54 55; Scl
V = 13.9; Size 2.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 29°
17.5" (8/20/88): extremely faint, moderately large, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE. Requires averted vision due to low surface brightness and low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 7 = h4014 on 27 Sep 1834 and logged "vF, pL, vmE, gradually very little brighter middle, 2' long." The next night he observed the galaxy again and noted "vF, mE, very gradually very little brighter middle." On a third sweep he called it "eeF, L, mE, requires the utmost attention to perceive though the sky is perfectly pure."
Surprisingly Pietro Baracchi searched for it unsuccessfully twice in 1887 with the 48" Melbourne telescope.
******************************
00 08 46 +23 50 16; Peg
V = 15.3/16.5; Size 6"
= **, Corwin.
Otto Struve discovered NGC 8 on 29 Sep 1865 with the 15-inch
refractor at Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. He described it as fainter than
******************************
NGC 9 = UGC 78 = MCG +04-01-030 = CGCG 477-059 = Holm 3a =
00 08 54.6 +23 49 03; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 155°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S, weak concentration. Located at the western vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 9 stars 6' E and 6.5' NE.
Otto Struve discovered NGC 9 on 27 Sep 1865 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor at Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. It was found while unsuccessfully searching for Comet Biela (never returned after 1852). Struve's position was 15 seconds of RA too small and 2' too far south. He noted a mag 9 star follows by 26 seconds (time), so the identification is certain. This is one of 4 NGC galaxies that Struve discovered while fruitlessly searching for Comet Biela (3 others were rediscoveries). See NGC 8.
******************************
00 08 34.5 -33 51 30; Scl
V = 12.5; Size 2.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 25°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE. A mag 13
star follows by 2.9'. Located 21'
SSE of mag 5.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 10 = h4015 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "Not vF, L, lE, gradually little brighter middle, 1'.". On a later sweep he logged it "F,
pL, R, bM, 40"." His mean
position matches
******************************
00 08 42.5 +37 26 53; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 111°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, edge-on WNW-ESE. A close double star with mag 11/12 components lies 3' N.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 11 = St. 12-2 on 28 Sep 1867 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and recorded a rough unpublished position (3' SW of the galaxy) in his logbook. On 24 Oct 1881 he measured a micrometric position and recorded, "vF; vS; little irregular oval SE to NW; two very faint stars involved."
******************************
00 08 44.8 +04 36 45; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 125°
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration, diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 12 = H. III-868 = h1 on 6 Dec 1790 (sweep 984) and logged "eF, pS, irr F." The 4 Nov 1850 observation using Lord Rosse's 72" reads "Some stars seen in it, it is vF. Nothing further remarkable."
******************************
00 08 47.7 +33 25 59; And
V = 13.2; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 53°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core. A mag 13 star is 30" S and a mag 12 star lies 1.2' SSW of center. First of three with NGC 20 12' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 13 = H. III-866 = h2 on 26 Nov 1790 (sweep 981) and logged "vF, vS. 300 verified and showed 3 stars and the nebula placed in the form of a square; the nebula being the np corner." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 18 Sep 1857, recorded "2 neb. nearly in line p. and f; about 14' apart; the p one [NGC 13] is of irregular outline; F; bM. The f. one [NGC 13] is S; R; pB; bM." The pair was observed 5 times up to 1873.
******************************
00 08 46.1 +15 48 56; Peg
V = 12.1; Size 2.8'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 25°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
SSW-NNE, broad concentration, faint extensions. Located 1.4° ESE of
William Herschel discovered NGC 14 = H. II-591 = h3 on 24 Dec 1783 and noted it was "very faint, elongated", but without the ability to determine an accurate position he didn't include it in his first published catalogue. He found the galaxy again, though, in sweep 590 on 18 Sep 1786 and recorded "F, pL, iF, unequally bright." The two observations were connected in Caroline's Sweep Records.
John Herschel first observed NGC 14 on 2 Nov 1823 (sweep #1, though 7 earlier sweeps were performed in May through Sep). On 11 Sep 1828 (sweep 174), he logged "eF; R; bM; a star 10 m north preceding, dist. 5'."
******************************
00 09 02.5 +21 37 28; Peg
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 30°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, very elongated SSW-NNE, brighter core, faint stellar nucleus.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 15 = m 3 on 30 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, vS, R, bM". His position is reasonably match with
******************************
NGC 16 = UGC 80 = MCG +04-01-032 = CGCG 477-061 = PGC 660
00 09 04.3 +27 43 46; Peg
V = 12.0; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 16°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small, oval SSW-NNE, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated ~N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus.
13.1" (8/24/84) : moderately bright, small, bright stellar nucleus, small fainter lens SSW-NNE.
8" (8/16/82): fairly faint, small, elongated N-S, bright nucleus at 200x.
8" (6/19/82): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, weak concentration.
William Herschel probably discovered NGC 16 = H. IV-15 = h4 = h5 on 8 Sep 1784. He recorded "Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs [sic]. F, S." His RA was 1 min 24 seconds too large (using a different star Corwin found an error of 1 min 6 seconds).
John Herschel observed this galaxy on 5 Sep 1828 and described h4 as "pB; R; bM; 30" (? if not IV. 15)" Due to the difference in position he wasn't sure if his object was new. John Herschel swept the area again 11 nights later and found a nebula (h5) that he assumed was his father's H. IV-15: "a star 15m with a burr, RA from Catalogue." Édouard Stephan made several observation, apparently trying to find two different objects as reported in the General Catalogue (GC 8 and 12). In the NGC, Dreyer combined the previous designations into NGC 16 and Corwin favors this interpretation. Wolfgang Steinicke feels H. IV-15 more likely applies to NGC 22 than NGC 16. Herschel's RA was off by 40 seconds (too far east) and 7' too far south but the description "F, S, Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs" may be a better fit.
J.L.E. Dreyer, observing with the 72" on 29 Oct 1877, recorded "pB nucl with vF neby; round; E sp nf; 2 st 13 and 12 mag preceding in the parallel about 4' and 5' distant."
******************************
00 11 06.7 -12 06 27; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, gradually increases towards the center, overall high surface brightness with a faint thin halo. A faint, roundish glow [apparently tidal debris] is attached on the NW side. With careful averted vision, a thin, very low surface brightness tidal tail occasionally pops to the NE, ~30" in length. A fairly bright double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W.
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
close double star is 2' W. Forms a
pair with
This infrared-luminous galaxy is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 17 = LM 2-276 in 1886 and logged
"mag 13.5, 0.1' dia, irregularly round, two stars mag 9.5, 2.0' in PA
280°." Muller's position was
2.0 min of RA west of
This galaxy was independently found by Lewis Swift (Sw. 6-1)
on 21 Nov 1886 (same year) at Warner Observatory and catalogued as
******************************
00 09 23.0 +27 43 56; Peg
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 18 on 15 Oct 1866 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Schultz's micrometric position is 19 sec of RA following NGC 16 and corresponds precisely with a double star at 00 09 23.0 +27 43 55 (2000). Dreyer noted that Heinrich d'Arrest and Lord Rosse couldn't find NGC 18 and neither could Édouard Stephan (notes section of his 11th list).
******************************
NGC 19 = UGC 98 = MCG +05-01-046 = CGCG 499-065 = PGC 759
00 10 40.9 +32 58 59; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 42°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated SW-NE, diffuse. A mag 15
star is 1' SW. Located 9' S of mag
6.8
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 19 = Sw. 2-4 on 20 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His description reads, "eeF; lE; in [the] center of 3 vF st forming an equilateral triangle, two of them double." There is no obvious candidate at Swift's position but 74 seconds of RA east and 8' north is UGC 98. Similar offsets in RA and Dec yield identities for NGC 21, 7831 and 7836, all discovered the same night (NGC 6 also shares the same offset in RA). Furthermore, his description of the surrounding stars matches this galaxy. Hermann Kobold suggested this identification when he measured its position in 1898 at Strasbourg with the 18-inch refractor. Heber Curtis found it again on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector in 1912-13 and reported it as new ("not noted in the NGC).
NGC 19 is mislabeled as NGC 21 in RNGC, PGC and UGC (and software Megastar) and not assigned a NGC designation in MCG and CGCG. Finally, RNGC misclassifies NGC 19 as nonexistent because of the error in Swift's position. See Corwin's Notes.
******************************
NGC 20 = NGC 6 = UGC 84 = MCG +05-01-036 = CGCG 498-082 = LGG 001-008 = PGC 679
00 09 32.6 +33 18 31; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 30" E and a brighter mag 10 star lies 2.4' E. Second of three with NGC 13 12' NW.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 20 using Lord Rosse's 72"
on 18 Sep 1857 and recorded as "S; R; pB; bM"). Although no position was measured it
was catalogued as GC 6 (Rosse nova) and later by Dreyer as NGC 20. Herman Schultz independently found the
galaxy on 16 Oct 1866 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala and it was
entered by Dreyer in the GC Supplement as GC 5086, though Dreyer added the
comment "Query = GC 6".
Schultz's micrometric position matches
Lewis Swift later independently found this galaxy on 20 Sept
1885 and published it in his second discovery paper (#3). Swift's position for NGC 6 was 1.1
minutes of RA west and 47' S of UGC 84.
His RA offset is identical to the error in his positions for NGC 19, NGC
21, NGC 7831,
******************************
NGC 21 = NGC 29 = UGC 100 = MCG +05-01-048 = CGCG 499-066 =
00 10 46.9 +33 21 11; And
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 21 = Sw. 2-5 on 20 Sept 1885 and
recorded "eF; S; lE."
His positions for NGC 19, 7831 and 7836 from the same evening are all
offset ~70 seconds in RA and 8' in declination. The offset position for NGC 21 lands on NGC 29. So, NGC 21 is a duplicate of NGC
29. RNGC, UGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
NGC 22 = UGC 86 = MCG +05-01-039 = CGCG 499-055 = PGC 690
00 09 48.2 +27 49 57; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 160°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, fairly small, diffuse, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Located 2.5' S of a mag 10 star. Forms a wide pair with NGC 16 12' SW.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, fairly small, roundish, very diffuse, even surface brightness.
13.1" (11/5/83): extremely faint, small, round. A mag 9 star 3' N interferes with viewing. Located 12' NE of NGC 16.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 22 = St. 13-1 on 28 Sep 1867 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. On this date he only wrote a rough position for NGC 16 in his logbook but gave an offset (38 seconds of RA and 5' dec) to NGC 22. He observed NGC 22 again on 29 Oct and 1 Nov 1877 and published an accurate position (reduced on 2 Oct 1883) with description "eF; pS; R; little brighter middle, resolvable".
William Herschel possibly discovered this galaxy on 8 Sep 1784 (H. IV-15, sweep 260) and recorded "F, S, Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs." His position is poor -- 40 sec too far east and 7' too far south -- but the description is a reasonable fit. Dreyer assumed the observation referred to NGC 16, which is 1 min 25 sec of RA to the west and he commented in the NGC notes "Some error in recording the transit, probably simply of 1 min; reductions correct." Wolfgang Steinicke feels H. IV-15 refers to NGC 22 and Herschel never observed brighter NGC 16, but Corwin and Seligman favor Dreyer's interpretation.
******************************
NGC 23 = UGC 89 = MCG +04-01-033 = CGCG 477-062 = Mrk 545 = LGG 002-003 = PGC 698
00 09 53.3 +25 55 26; Peg
V = 12.0; Size 2.2'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 8°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, diffuse. Unusual appearance as a mag 14 star is superimposed 26" SE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 26 9' SE. Brightest member of a group (LGG 002) at a distance of ~200 million l.y.
8" (7/24/82): faint, small, elongated NW-SE, stellar nucleus. A star is at the SE end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 23 = H. III-147 on 10 Sep 1784 (sweep 264) and recorded as "2 or 3 stars in a line, with seeming nebulosity between them." I only noted a single superimposed star, though Herschel's second "star" may be the nucleus. Stephan made an observation on 28 Oct 1875, while Dreyer (as Lawrence Parsons' assistant) observed the galaxy a month at Birr Castle and described a "vS neb, with a starlike nucl = 11-12 mag and a *13 in PA 135.2°. Dist 26.2"." Englemann measured an accurate position, in Astronomische Nachrichten 2485.
******************************
00 09 56.4 -24 57 49; Scl
V = 11.6; Size 5.5'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 46°
24" (10/17/20): fairly bright, large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 4.0'x1.2', large brighter middle bulge (elongated). A mag 12.7 star is just east of the NE end.
17.5" (8/2/86): moderately bright, pretty edge-on 5:1 SW-NE, 4.0'x0.8', large bright core. A mag 12 star is just east of the NE end. This is a little-known striking spiral.
William Herschel discovered NGC 24 = H. III-461 = h2308 on 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467). He logged it as "vF, cL, lE, gradually little brighter middle, 4 or 5' long." John Herschel observed it from the Cape of Good Hope as "F; vL; vmE; very gradually brighter middle; 4' l; 1' br." Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 9 Dec 1887, called it "pF; L; vmE; gradually brighter in the middle; fades away gradually at the ends - outline not well defined, woolly." Herbert Howe, using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, reported the length as 3' and PA = 45°.
******************************
00 09 59.4 -57 01 14; Phe
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 85°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
moderately large, elongated 3:2 E-W, 0.8'x0.5', fairly well concentrated with a
brighter core. Flanked by a mag 15
star 0.6' NE and a similar star 1' S.
Located 2.7' SE of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 25 = h2309 on 28 Oct 1834 and
recorded as "F; R; 30" across." His position matches
******************************
NGC 26 = UGC 94 = MCG +04-01-034 = CGCG 477-064 = LGG 002-004 = PGC 732
00 10 25.8 +25 49 55; Peg
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Two mag 13.5 stars are 1.0' NE and 1.2' N of center. Forms a pair with NGC 23 9' NW.
13.1" (12/11/82): very faint, fairly small, oval.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 26 on 14 Sep 1865 with an 11" Merz refractor at Copenhagen and made a total of 3 observations. His position and descriptions (combined in the NGC as "vF, pL, R, 2 F stars north) match. As the observer for the 4th Earl of Rosse, Dreyer rediscovered this galaxy on 28 Sep 1875 and recorded "eF, pL, R. Clouds came on." Édouard Stephan also made an observation on 28 Oct 1875, perhaps aware of d'Arrest's discovery.
Yann Pothier credits Auguste Voigt with the original discovery on 13 Sep 1865 (just one day before d'Arrest!) with the 31-inch Foucault reflector at the Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
00 10 32.7 +28 59 46; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 117°
24" (8/25/19): at 324x; moderately bright and large, oval 2:1 WNW-ESE, ~0.9'x0.4'. Contains a round, small bright core that gradually increased to a slightly brighter stellar nucleus. A mag 10.5 star is 1.6' S.
NGC 27 forms a close pair with superthin galaxy
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.4', broad concentration to a brighter core. Located 1.5' N of mag 9.5 SAO
73786. A wide pair of mag 13.5
stars are 1.4' NNW and 2.0' NNW.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, small, roundish, very small brighter core. Situated between two mag 13 and 14 stars.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 27 = Sw. 1-1 on 3 Aug 1884 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded as "vvF; vS; E; B* nr." His position matches UGC 96 = PGC 742.
******************************
NGC 28 = PGC 730 = LEDA 395160
00 10 25.2 -56 59 21; Phe
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright,
fairly small, irregularly round, 30"x25", fairly high surface
brightness, steadily increases to a very small bright core and stellar
nucleus. Located in the core of
AGC 2731 with NGC 31 1.8' E, NGC 25 4' SW and
John Herschel discovered NGC 28 = h2310 on 28 Oct 1834 and
described as "eF, preceding of 2. Requires attention, but no doubt
remains." The 2nd object is h2311 = NGC 31. His position matches
******************************
NGC 29 = NGC 21 = UGC 100 = MCG +05-01-048 = CGCG 499-066 = PGC 767
00 10 46.9 +33 21 10; And
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 154°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is at the north edge. Located 13' N of mag 6.8 SAO 53694. Third of three with NGC 13 and NGC 20.
William Herschel discovered NGC 29 = H. II-853 = h6 on 26 Nov 1790 (sweep 981) and noted "F, S, E nearly in the meridian." John Herschel called it "pB; pL; irr figure." Swift found the galaxy on 20 Sep 1885 and recorded it as new in his second discovery list (#5). His position was offset by 70 seconds of RA too far west and 8' in declination, so Dreyer assumed it was a different object and catalogued it as NGC 21. But Swift's position for NGC 19, 7831 and 7836, all discovered on the same night, carry this same offset. So, NGC 21 is a duplicate observation of NGC 29. NGC 29 was observed 8 times with Lord Rosse's 72" and recorded on 16 Oct 1854 as "Elongated north and south, * at on end of neb inv, and another rather fainter south of center."
******************************
00 10 50.8 +21 58 37; Peg
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 30 = m 4 on 30 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "Neb * 13." SDSS shows a very close double 1' N of Marth's position at 00 10 50.8 +21 58 37 (J2000). Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states "*14 and ? neb *15 nf alm att; *13.3 nff 2.9'. Dorothy Carlson, in her 1940 lists of NGC/IC corrections, identifies NGC 30 as a double star.
******************************
NGC 31 = ESO 149-020 = PGC 751
00 10 38.5 -56 59 11; Phe
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 5°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): this is the
largest of 9 members of AGC 2731 viewed.
Appeared moderately bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 N-S, 1.2'x0.8',
broad concentration, bright core.
Situated in the center of the cluster with NGC 28 1.8' W, NGC 25 5.7' SW
and
John Herschel discovered NGC 31 = h2311 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "eeF; the following of 2. Requires attention, but leaves no doubt" and on a later sweep as "eeF; S; R." The preceding object is h2310 = NGC 28. Herschel's positions clearly establishes NGC 28 = PGC 730 and NGC 31 = ESO 149-020 = PGC 751. Nevertheless, the PGC reverses the identifications of NGC 28 and 31. The galaxy identified in the RC2 as NGC 28 is actually NGC 31. The ESO entry (149- G20) for NGC 31 does not give the NGC equivalence. The SGC (Southern Galaxy Catalogue) identifications are correct although the PGC errata paper claims the SGC reverses the identifications.
******************************
00 10 53.5 +18 47 46; Peg
= wide **, Corwin. =several stars, RNGC.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 32 = Au 1 on 10 Oct 1861 while observing Comet Encke with the 6.2-inch Plössl refractor at Athens Observatory. Although it wasn't Schmidt's first discovery, it was published (AN 1355) in time to be included in Auwers' 1862 list in new nebulae and by John Herschel as GC 16. His position corresponds precisely with a pair of mag 13.6/14.7 stars at 27" separation in PA = 200. Harold Corwin identifies Schmidt's object as a double star and RNGC calls it several stars.
******************************
00 10 56.6 +03 40 33; Psc
= **, Corwin.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 33 = m 5 on 9 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, vS, or neb st." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, describes NGC 33 as a "? Neb *13.7, eS, R; *9.5 sp 2.0', *13.0 ssf 1.8'." The POSS shows a faint evenly matched double star at 00 10 58 +03 40.5 located 2.0' NW of a mag 10 star. This appears to be Reinmuth's object although the *9.5 is sf 2.0' not "sp". Corwin also identifies NGC 33 as a double star near Marth's position.
******************************
NGC 34 = NGC 17 = MCG -02-01-032 = Mrk 938 = VV 850 = PGC 781
00 11 06.7 -12 06 27; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, gradually increases towards the center, overall high surface brightness with a faint thin halo. A faint, roundish glow [apparently tidal debris] is attached on the NW side. With careful averted vision, a thin, very low surface brightness tidal tail occasionally popped into view to the NE, ~30" in length. A fairly bright double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W.
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A close double star is 2' W. Forms a pair with NGC 35 6' NNE.
This infrared-luminous galaxy is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 34 = Sw. 6-1 on 21 Nov 1886, along with NGC 35, with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description ("equilateral triangle with 2 stars, one a close double") matches MCG -02-01-032 = PGC 781. Frank Muller independently found this galaxy in 1886 and listed it as LM II-276 (later NGC 17). His RA was 2.0 minutes too small, but the description matches. So, NGC 34 = NGC 17 (discovery priority unknown). Herbert Howe searched for NGC 17 unsuccessfully with the 20" refractor at Denver and concluded it was equivalent to NGC 34 based on the similar descriptions.
******************************
NGC 35 = MCG -02-01-033 = PGC 784
00 11 10.5 -12 01 15; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 11.4
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A close double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W. Forms a pair with NGC 35 6' NNE.
This LIRG (infrared-luminous galaxy) is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Lewis Swift independently discovered NGC 35 = Sw. 6-2, along with NGC 34, on 21 Nov 1886. Frank Muller also found NGC 35 = LM 2-277 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Swift's position is 48" N of MCG -02-01-033 = PGC 784. The discovery priority is unknown.
******************************
00 11 22.3 +06 23 21; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 21°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, almost
round, bright core. A mag 14 star
lies 1.9' NE. Forms a close pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 36 = H. III-456 on 25 Oct
1785 (sweep 464) and recorded "vF, pS, irr figure." His RA is 1.0 minute too large, but it
was corrected by d'Arrest and Bigourdan and the NGC position is just 1' south
of
******************************
NGC 37 = ESO 149-022 = PGC 801 = LEDA 395521
00 11 23.0 -56 57 26; Phe
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 35°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint,
fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.4'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright compact core,
surrounded by a low surface brightness halo. A mag 15 star lies 0.8' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 37 = h2312 on 2 Oct 1836 and
recorded as "extremely faint, small, round.". His position matches
******************************
00 11 47.0 -05 35 10; Psc
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, almost round, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 1.4' WNW a mag 12 star 2.6' ENE of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 38 = St. 12-3 on 30 Sep 1867 and recorded a rough position (3' too far SE) in his logbook. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 25 Oct 1881 and described it as "F; S; R; bM; bright stellar nucleus."
******************************
00 12 19.0 +31 03 42; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, diffuse. A mag 14 star
is at the south edge. Forms a pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 39 = H. III-861 = h7 on 2 Nov 1790 (sweep 975) and noted "eF, S." John Herschel made three observations as well as two by d'Arrest.
******************************
00 13 01.0 +72 31 19; Cep
V = 10.6; Size 38"x35"; PA = 14°
48" (10/23/14): this showpiece, annular planetary was observed unfiltered (low-excitation) at both 488x and 813x, and a remarkable amount of structure was seen . The main body of NGC 40 was nearly round and 0.7' in diameter but outer extensions on the north and south ends increased the dimensions to roughly 1.0'x0.8' SSW-NNE. The darker interior surrounding the blazing mag 11.5 central star (WC8-type carbon Wolf-Rayet) had a very uneven surface brightness and was slightly darker SW of the central star.
The rim was irregular and much brighter along fairly narrow N-S strips on the W and E side. The western rim was the brighter of the two and somewhat patchy with a slightly darker notch to the south of its center. At its N end was a small, faint extension. The rim was more uniform in brightness on the E side.
A very faint, thin outer loop curled N and W at the north end of the main disc! A small, detached, elongated patch floated near its N edge, but slightly S of the tip of the outer loop to its east. A very faint star or stellar knot is involved in this patch.
The rim was very weak on the S side and an easy star was visible at the SW end. A faint, very small detached piece was easily visible at the southern extremity [32" SSW of the central star] of NGC 40. This patch forms the E vertex of a small triangle with the star ~10" NW (noted earlier) and a fainter star 10" SW.
17.5" (12/30/99): at 100x appeared (unfiltered) as a slightly elongated, moderately bright disc surrounding a bright mag 11.5 central star. A slightly fainter mag 12 star lies 1.0' SW. This is a low excitation PN with an OIII/H-beta ratio of just 0.4 and at 100x there was a noticeable enhancement using the H-beta filter, while it dimmed with an OIII filter. At 220x, a star was intermittently visible at the SW edge and the PN was slightly elongated SSW-NNE. The UHC filter gave the best response at this power. The surface brightness appeared irregular -- darker around the central star and slightly brighter along the west and east side of the rim. At 280x, the faint star I noted earlier was barely off the SW edge and the PN was weakly annular with a brighter rim along the west and east side and a darker center. The SW and NE ends of the halo were clearly weaker, though. 380x provided a nice view with subtle irregularities in the interior.
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, moderately large, round. Contains a prominent mag 11.5 central star surrounded by a fairly bright halo.
13.1" (12/7/85): at 166x (unfiltered): bright central star visible centered within a fairly small prominent disc.
13.1" (1985): moderately large, bright central star surrounded by a moderately bright halo at 166x and 214x using a UHC filter.
8": at 100x; a bright central star is surrounded by an easy halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 40 = H. IV-58 = h8 on 25 Nov 1788 (sweep 886). He recorded, "a star about 9th mag [central star], surrounded with very faint milky nebulosity; other stars of the same size are perfectly clear from that appearance. The star is either not round or double; but I am in the north and above the pole, I could not view it sufficiently to determine it. Less than 1' in diameter." He used NGC 40 in his 1791 PT paper as one of several examples where the association of the nebula and star was unquestionable.
On 20 Nov 1829 (sweep 228), John Herschel described it as "a star 11m with a luminous atmosphere 30" to 40" diameter." On 29 Oct 1831 he noted "a * 10m with strong nebulous atmosphere 15" diameter. Exactly round and pretty suddenly fading away makes a double star class 5 with a star preceding."
Williamina Fleming first noted the bright emission spectrum in 1905: "Five bright lines or bands appear in the spectrum..[but] the nebular lines near wavelength 5000 are not seen." Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) described, "Central star about mag 10. The nebula resembles a truncated ring from the ends of which extend much fainter wisps. The brighter central portion is 38"x35" in PA 14°, while the total length along this axis is about 60"."
******************************
00 12 48.0 +22 01 25; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, round, broad
concentration. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 41 = m 6, along with NGC 42, on 30 Oct 1864. Using Lassell's 48" on Malta he recorded "pF, S, lE, gradually brighter in the middle."
******************************
NGC 42 = UGC 118 = MCG +04-01-041 = CGCG 478-043 = PGC 867
00 12 56.3 +22 06 02; Peg
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus, compact. Forms a pair with NGC 41 5' SSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 42 = m 7, along with NGC 41, on 30 Oct 1864. He called it "F, vS, stell."
******************************
NGC 43 = UGC 120 = MCG +05-01-054 = CGCG 499-079 = PGC 875
00 13 00.8 +30 54 55; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 49" NW of center. Forms a pair with NGC 39 12' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 43 = h9 on 11 Nov 1827. His description reads, "eF; has a 12m star 45" dist; pos 325°?" His position was 2' too far N (nearby NGC 39 is also offset 1.5' too far N).
******************************
00 13 13.4 +31 17 11; And
= **, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 44 = h10 on 22 Nov 1827 and logged as "eF, vS; not to be seen but in the clearest night." There is a faint, very close double star at his position (00 13 13.4 +31 17 11) on the SDSS. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, appears to identify this double star as NGC 44: "cF, eS, E, ident doubtful; BD +30d17 npp 6.6'; double star 16 and 12.5 nf 1.5', *14 sf 1.3'." Corwin's confirms the identification as a double star.
******************************
00 14 03.9 -23 10 52; Cet
V = 10.7; Size 8.5'x5.9'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 142°
17.5" (8/2/86): faint, large, almost round, very
diffuse. A mag 10 star (SAO
166133) is attached at the south end.
Located 4' ENE of mag 6.9
NGC 45 is a low surface brightness, metal-poor spiral with a weak star formation rate. It resides in the background of the Sculptor Group at a distance of ~23 million l.y.
13.1" (12/7/85): extremely faint, fairly large. A mag 7 star 4' WSW detracts from observation.
13.1" (8/24/84): only suspected at visual threshold. The nearby mag 7 star interferes with viewing.
John Herschel discovered NGC 45 = h2313 on 11 Nov 1835 and
logged "extremely faint; large; round; very gradually very little brighter
in the middle; attached to and nearly involving a large star; the following of
two. A very faint object of singular appearance, 3 or 4' diameter; forms a kind
of cometic appendage to the star, which, however, is quite at the
edge." His position is 9 sec
of RA west of
******************************
00 14 09.8 +05 59 16; Psc
= *, Carlson and Corwin.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 46 = Au 2 on 22 Oct 1852 with the 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland. While compiling the comprehensive Markree Ecliptic Catalogue it was noted (probably by assistant Andrew Graham) as a nebulous star but there is only a single mag 12.2 star at his position. Auwers reported only finding a sharp, nebulous star on 28 and 30 Sep 1861, but included it in his 1862 list of new nebulae. Bigourdan also reported he could not find a nebula at the Markree position.
******************************
00 14 30.7 -07 10 04; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.4
24" (11/7/18): at least fairly faint and nearly moderately bright, round, up to 1.5' diameter with averted vision, broad concentration with a relatively large slightly brighter central region, no distinct nucleus. The halo fades out without a perceptible edge. Located 5' NE of a 1' pair of mag 7.3/9.5 stars that point to the galaxy.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
WNW-ESE, bright core. Collinear
with mag 9
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 47 in 1886 with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. There is no published record on his observation, so the discovery must have been communicated directly to Dreyer, but Tempel's position matches PGC 967. Lewis Swift likely discovered this galaxy again on 21 Oct 1886, though his position for Sw. 5-3 (later NGC 58) is 1 min of RA to the east. The discovery priority is unknown.
******************************
00 14 02.1 +48 14 05; And
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 15°
17.5" (8/31/86): third and largest of six in a group
(first of three NGC galaxies with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 48 = Sw. 2-6, along with NGC 49
and 51, on 7 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position was 0.7 minutes of RA too
large. Bigourdan measured an
accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the
******************************
NGC 49 = UGC 136 = MCG +08-01-033 = CGCG 549-029 = WBL 005-005 = PGC 952
00 14 22.4 +48 14 48; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 165°
17.5" (8/31/86): fifth of six in the NGC 51 group. Fairly faint, small, almost round, bright core. Second of three NGC galaxies and situated between NGC 48 and 51.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 49 = Sw. 2-7, along with NGC 48 and 51, on 7 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position was 0.5 minutes of RA too large, though his description "middle one of 3 in line" pins downs the identification. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes) and as well as Barnard (AN 4136). Barnard's sketch of the field was published in AN 4136.
******************************
00 14 44.7 -07 20 43; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 2.3'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 155°
24" (11/7/18): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, strong concentration with a very bright core that increases to a quasi-stellar nucleus. Flanked by a mag 12.9 star 1.8' S and a mag 13.7 star 1.7' NW.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE. Rises to a small, very bright core. Brightest in a group with MCG -01-01-057 3' NNW (logged as "faint, very small, round") and NGC 47 11' NNW.
Gaspare Ferrari discovered NGC 50 = Nova #13 = Sw. 5-1 on 8
Jan 1866 while searching for Biela's Comet, which never returned after
1852. He was using the 9.5-inch
Merz equatorial at the College Romain as an assistant to Father Angelo Secchi
(see AN 1571). His position
matches
******************************
NGC 51 = UGC 138 = MCG +08-01-035 = CGCG 549-031 = WBL 005-006 = PGC 974
00 14 34.9 +48 15 20; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core. A faint star is superimposed on SE edge (or a companion galaxy). Brightest and last of six in the group. Also the third of three NGC galaxies in the NGC 51 group.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 51 = Sw. 2-8 on 7 Sep 1885, along with NGC 48 and 49, with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His RA was 0.5 minutes too large (similar offset as the other two). Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes) and as well as Barnard (AN 4136).
******************************
00 14 40.1 +18 34 54; Peg
V = 13.3; Size 2.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 127°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, small, thin edge-on 5:1 WNW-ESE, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 52 = H. III-183 = h11 on 18
Sep 1784 (sweep 277) and recorded "eF, S, irr E." The NGC position is
0.4 min of RA east of
******************************
00 14 42.8 -60 19 44; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 160°
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright and large, elongated 5:3 N-S, 1.2'x0.7'. Broadly concentrated, then suddenly condenses to a sharp stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star lies 1.7' W of center and a faint star lies 1' NE of center [this is a close double star]. Several mag 10-12 stars are in the field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 53 = h2314 on 15 Sep 1836 and
recorded "extremely faint; round; very little brighter in the middle;
30" across." His
position matches
******************************
NGC 54 = MCG -01-01-060 = PGC 1011
00 15 07.7 -07 06 25; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 93°
24" (10/17/20): at 260x; fairly faint, very elongated 4:1 E-W, 0.8'x0.2', brighter in the middle along the major axis. Part of a small group (USGC S005) with NGC 47 10' SW.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, very elongated 3:1 E-W, even surface brightness. Located 10' ENE of NGC 47 in a group.
Wilhelm Tempel independently discovered NGC 54 = Sw. 5-2 in 1886 with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, as well as Lewis Swift on 21 Oct 1886. Tempel's observation doesn't appear in any of his lists, so the discovery must have been communicated directly to Dreyer. The first discovery date is unknown.
******************************
00 15 05.9 -39 13 01; Scl
V = 7.9; Size 32.4'x5.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 108°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran): NGC 55 nearly filled the 37' field of the 21mm Ethos at 264x, extending close to 30' in length WNW-ESE and roughly 4' in width. The structure was fascinating at 429x with a highly irregular surface brightness due to dusty patches and rifts, along with bright clumps and knots. The "bright" central section, which is offset WNW of center, spans ~9' in length. At the west end of the central section, the surface brightness dims significantly, and the galaxy tapers, extending several arc minutes further WNW. On the east side of the central region is the "core" (cataloged as HII region [HK83]#17-19). It appeared ~1' in length and bright, elongated, mottled, and slightly bulging.
Just ESE of the core are two noticeable, elongated knots; the first, [WS83]#1, is small, while the second knot, [HK83]#14, is very bright and elongated. With careful viewing the second knot resolved into two individual pieces or clumps. Continuing further ESE, the surface brightness abruptly drops significantly, and a large, elongated dark notch appears to take a bite out of the galaxy. Just as the galaxy begins to brighten again, there is another bright round knot [HK83]#10 with a very small piece just detached to its SE. The ESE extension of the galaxy brightens a bit more and has an irregular, patchy appearance, with a couple of brighter stars (mag 12.0 and 13.7) superimposed along the S edge.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): viewed at nearly 60° elevation at 212x, this huge galaxy was an amazing sight and overfilled the 23' field (at least 25' in length). Near the core were two small, prominent HII knots ([HK83]#14 and [WS83] #1). A couple of additional low surface brightness knots, [HK83]#10, were visible further east along the mottled extensions. The appearance was asymmetric with the brighter WNW section bulging slightly.
17.5" (11/1/86 and 12/3/88): very large, edge-on 6:1
WNW-ESE, 16'x3'. Very asymmetric with a bright, elongated western
portion, darker center and a faint, nearly detached eastern section (
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly bright, very large. The very faint eastern portion is near detached from the bright WNW section.
8" (9/25/81): very large, very elongated, brighter to the west, very faint eastern section.
15x50 IS binoculars (10/21/06): although very low in the southern sky, NGC 55 was visible as a faint, relatively large elongated patch using handheld IS binoculars. NGC 55 is easy to locate 3.8° NW of Alpha Phe as the galaxy is exactly collinear with three mag 7 stars to the east that are aligned from east to west.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 55 = D 507 = h2315 on 7 Jul 1826 from Parramatta, New South Wales. Using his 9-inch f/12 speculum reflector, he described it as "a beautiful long nebula, about 25' in length; position N.p. and S.f., a little brighter towards the middle, but extremely faint and diluted to the extremities. I see several minute points or stars in it, as it were through the nebula: the nebulous matter of the south extremity is extremely rare, and of a delicate bluish hue. This is a beautiful object." Dunlop observed the galaxy on 4 nights and made a simple sketch (Figure 21).
John Herschel first observed this galaxy from the Cape on 3
May 1834: "bright; very large; very much elongated in a long irregular
train, the preceding end being much the brightest. Whole length = 1.5 diam. of
field, or 22' The nucleus is either a double star or a much more sharply
terminated nebulous mass, elongated in a different position (146.5 ) from that
of the nebula (109.8 )." He observed it again on 23 October 1835,
recording it as "very bright; very large; very much elongated; at least 25'
long and 3' broad. The following part is faint, the preceding and shorter
trinuclear the 2d, nucleus taken. A strange object." His final observation
on 4 October 1836 reads: "very bright, very large; a very long irregular
crooked ray with 3 nuclei, the second of which appears to consist of
stars." His sketch of the galaxy (fig. 8, plate IV) clearly shows its
convoluted form and three brighter sections. In his discussion, he grouped it
together with the galaxy
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 55 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 29 Oct 1875 (plate I, figure 2 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885"). He reported "The present appearance agrees well with H.'s description and drawing. The 'following' portion is now much fainter than shown by H.'s sketch; indeed it is so very faint that its exact outlines cannot with certainty be determined, a faint whitishness being all that can be made out, while the star-like appearance described by H. in his portion cannot now be seen. The 'preceding' portion is still, as shown by H., much the brightest. There are still three nuclei, the centre one of which is much the brightest. H. says this one appears to consist of stars; but although I have tried several powers, I cannot with any certainty, determine this point, although it has, at times, a sparkling appearance. The 'following' portion of this nebula appears to have become much fainter since H. observed it." Turner's sketch shows the bright knot on the eastern end of the galaxy.
Lewis Swift reported the eastern section (Sw. 11-2) as a new object: "eeeF; vL; eE; close f NGC 55; f of 2." As a result, Dreyer assigned it as IC 1537, though this section was sketched by both Dunlop and John Herschel (plate IV, #8).
The photographic appearance of the fainter eastern portion caused confusion. In 1940, Harlow Shapley and J.S. Paraskevopoulo wrote NGC 55 was "possibly two overlapping systems, similarly inclined, with similar internal structure? The third interpretation, suggested in conversation by Dr. G.Z. Dimitroff, is lent color by the appearance of the object on small-scale long-exposure plates, where it appears to be a double, edge-on spiral, without nuclei and with the components differing perhaps three magnitudes in total brightness. Strong absorption may conceal nuclear regions; but a number of spirals that appear to be devoid of a central nucleus or strong central concentration are now known. It may well be that such objects will need to be recognized as forming a distinct class."
******************************
00 15 24 +12 26; Psc
= Not found, Carlson and Corwin.
John Herschel found NGC 56 = h12 on 13 Oct 1825 and logged "about this place a considerable space seems affected by nebulosity." Neither Guillaume Bigourdan nor Édouard Stephan found anything near Herschel's position and nothing was found on Mount Wilson and Lick photographs. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
00 15 30.9 +17 19 43; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 40°
24" (9/16/17): at 375x; moderately bright and large,
round, diffuse outer halo, 1'-1.2' diameter, but well concentrated with a small
bright core and occasional sharp stellar nucleus.
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 57 = H. II-241 = H. II-243 = h13 on 8 Oct 1784 (sweep 286) and recorded (for H. II-241) "pS, cometic, but hazy weather." A couple of nights later he logged this galaxy again as H. II-243, "faint, small, irregularly round." In the GC, John Herschel notes that Auwers misidentified H. II-243, which is identical to H. II-241 (the confusion was caused by an omitted offset star). This galaxy was observed 7 times at Birr Castle and the 26 Oct 1854 observation reads "vF, I think it is resolvable [mottled]."
******************************
00 14 30.7 -07 10 04; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 47.
Lewis Swift found NGC 58 = Sw. 5-3 on 21 Oct 1886, in a trio with NGC 50 and NGC 54, with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. There is nothing at Swift's position but his description reads "vF, pS, R, wide D * near sp; 3rd of 3." Herbert Howe, using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, was unable to find NGC 58 on two nights and suggested that NGC 58 was a duplicate of NGC 47, discovered earlier by Wilhelm Tempel in 1886. This requires that Swift's RA for NGC 58 was 1.1 minutes too large. Despite Swift's comment "3rd of 3", his description of a "wide D[ouble] star nr sp" applies to NGC 47, making this equivalence very likely. Dreyer repeats Howe's efforts in the IC II Notes and adds "probably = [NGC] 47". See Corwin's notes for the full story.
******************************
00 15 25.3 -21 26 42; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 2.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 127°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval WNW-ESE, large bright core. There are four mag 13-14 stars to the west.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 59 = LM 1-1 on 10 Nov 1885 and
recorded "pS, irregularly round, lE 120°". His very rough RA (to nearest tmin) is coincidentally just
0.2 tmin E of
******************************
00 15 58.4 -00 18 13; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 155°
17.5" (8/20/88): extremely faint, small, round. A mag 15 star is off the west
edge. Located 17' due east of mag
8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 60 = St. 12-4 on 28 Oct 1875. His published position (list 12, #4) was made 7 years later on 2 Nov 1882 with description "eeF; vS; R; slightly condensed towards the center."
******************************
00 16 24.5 -06 19 21; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (8/20/88): this is a double system with the
brighter component (
William Herschel discovered NGC 61 = H. III-428 = h14 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435). He logged "very faint; very small; irregular figure." John Herschel called it "faint; round; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 15" diameter." The declination in RNGC (copied from MCG) is 5' too large. MCG and RC3 label the brighter component as NGC 61A.
******************************
00 17 05.5 -13 29 13; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 130°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, oval WSW-ENE,
weak concentration. Located
between mag 7.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 62 = St. 13-2 on 8 Oct 1883
(date position was reduced) and recorded "F, vS, R, gradually little
brighter middle." His
position matches
******************************
00 17 45.5 +11 27 01; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 108°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly bright, fairly small, very elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 63 = Sf. 96 on 27 Aug 1865
with the 11-inch Merz refractor at Copenhagen and recorded (combining two
observations) "class II, round, 35", mag 16 nucleus; lying between
two mag 12 and 13 stars, the first precedes the nebula by 9.7 sec." His position and description matches
Truman Safford made an independent discovery on 30 Sep 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. Hermann Vogel made an observation on 16 Aug 1868 (he credited d'Arrest) with the 8.5" refractor at the Leipzig Observatory, as well as Édouard Stephan at Marseilles Observatory on 18 Sep 1871.
Birr Castle assistant J.L.E. Dreyer observed NGC 63 on 30 Oct 1877. He logged, "pB, pS, oval p f, suddenly much brighter middle. Inside a triangle of 3 st 12, one of them in PA 268.9 (W), Dist 143.7", the 2 others about the same distance np and f."
******************************
00 17 30.3 -06 49 30; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. An anonymous galaxy (2MASXi J0018358-070255) lies 21' SE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 64 = Sw. 5-4 on 21 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 17 sec of RA east and 1.6' south of MCG -01-01-068 = PGC 1149. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
00 18 58.7 -22 52 50; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 178°
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, round. Located 2.6' WNW of mag 8.8 SAO
166184. Forms a pair with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 65 = LM 2-278, along with NGC
66, in 1886. His position is 1.0
minute of RA west of
******************************
NGC 66 = ESO 473-010 = MCG -04-02-002 = PGC 1236
00 19 05 -22 56 18; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 32°
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, slightly elongated
SSW-NNE, even surface brightness.
Located 1.4' S of mag 8.8
Frank Muller discovered NGC 66 = LM 2-279, along with NGC
65, in 1886. His position is 1 min
of RA west and 1' south of
******************************
00 18 12.2 +30 03 19; And
V = 15.6; Size 0.45'x0.3'; PA = 112°
24" (9/15/12): very faint, very small, round,
12"-15" diameter, just visible continuously. This galaxy is at the
west end of the
18" (11/14/09): this galaxy and PGC 1185 were the faintest members viewed in the NGC 68 group. NGC 67 appeared as a mag 16 threshold glow 1.7' SW of NGC 68. It required averted to occasionally glimpse, though a few times I could tell it was elongated. In a 22" scope, I was able to hold this galaxy continuously at over 400x.
PGC 1185 was occasionally glimpsed as a threshold
"star" sandwiched between this galaxy and NGC 68 (0.8' from both
galaxies). Most sources identify
PGC 1185 as NGC 67 and this galaxy as
17.5" (8/27/87): extremely faint and small. First in the NGC 68 group of 9 with NGC
68 0.9' NE,
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 67 on 7 Oct 1855, while observing and sketching the NGC 68 group (plate XXV, fig 1 in the 1861 publication). PGC 1185 (close northeast) is misidentified as NGC 67 in various sources including Megastar. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 68 = Arp 113 = VV 166b = Holm 6a = UGC 170 = MCG +05-01-065 = CGCG 499-106 = WBL 007-008 = PGC 1187
00 18 18.5 +30 04 18; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x1.1'
24" (9/15/12): at 322x appeared fairly faint to
moderately bright, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, high surface
brightness though contains a brighter nucleus. One of the brighter members in a dense group of galaxies and
forms a tight trio with NGC 70 1.0' NE and NGC 71 1.3' SE. In addition,
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter. Appears as a compact knot (like a core) of moderate surface brightness with no outer halo. Forms the southwest vertex of a tight trio with NGC 70 and NGC 71 in a dense group.
17.5" (8/27/87): faint, small, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, weak concentration. This galaxy is the brightest in a compact group and first in an interconnected trio with NGC 70 1.0' NE and NGC 71 1.2' SE. An extremely difficult galaxy, NGC 67, is just 0.9' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 68 = H. V-16 = h15 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and recorded "extremely faint, 5 or 6' dia, 3 or 4 stars in it; but they seem to have connection with it." This is the only galaxy credited to Herschel in the compact group, but he placed it in his fifth class of "large" nebulae, so doesn't apply to a single small galaxy. Instead, Harold Corwin feels it's likely that Herschel saw the merged glow of NGC's 68, 70, and 71 (3 brightest in a small triangle in the core) and I agree, based on his size estimate.
John Herschel made a similar observation. On 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178) he wrote "An extr faint cluster with nebulosity, 5' diam. Several *s 15...18m. Seen distinctly, but there is also unresolved nebulosity.
Birr Castle assistant made a sketch of NGC 67, 68, 69, 70,
71, 72, 74 (Plate XXV, Fig. 1, 1861 LdR publication) on 7 Oct 1855. The NGC position matches
******************************
NGC 69 = Arp 113 = VV 166e = Holm 6f = MCG +05-01-066 = CGCG 499-105 = WBL 007-007 = PGC 1191
00 18 20.5 +30 02 24; And
V = 14.8; Size 0.5'x0.3'
24" (9/15/12): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter, bright quasi-stellar nucleus.
Member of the compact NGC 68 group and first in a string with
18" (11/14/09): very faint, extremely small, round, 15" diameter. Located 1.6' SSE of NGC 71 and a similar separation due west of NGC 72.
17.5" (8/27/87): extremely faint and small, faint stellar nucleus. In the core of the NGC 68 group with NGC 67 1.8' NW, NGC 71 1.6' NNE, NGC 72 1.8' E.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 69 on
7 Oct 1855, while observing the NGC 68 group. It's clearly shown on the sketch on plate XXV in the 1861
publication. The NGC position matches
******************************
NGC 70 = Arp 113 = VV 166a = Holm 6c = UGC 174 = MCG +05-01-067 = CGCG 499-108 = WBL 007-010 = IC 1539 = PGC 1194
00 18 22.6 +30 04 47; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 0°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S. Extends between two mag 14 stars separated by 42". Sharply concentrated with a small, high surface brightness core and a much fainter halo.
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, sandwiched between two mag 13.5-14 stars at the NNE and SW ends [42" separation]. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright core and a diffuse, low surface brightness halo that might extend to 0.8'x0.6', though the stars confuse the extent of the halo. Forms the northern member of a very tight trio with NGC 71 1' SSE and NGC 68 1' SW. A total of 9 members were viewed within a 7' circle!
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located in the core of NGC 68 group and nearly between two mag 13.5 stars 25" NE and 20" SSW. In an interconnected trio with NGC 68 1.0' SW and NGC 71 1.0' SSE.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 70 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. The NGC
position matches
Heber Curtis, in his 1918 description of nebulae photographed with the Crossley reflector at Lick, misidentified NGC 70 as NGC 68.
******************************
NGC 71 = Arp 113 = VV 166c = Holm 6b = UGC 173 = MCG +05-01-068 = CGCG 499-107 = WBL 007-009 = PGC 1197
00 18 23.5 +30 03 48; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, round, sharply concentrated with a high surface brightness 0.4' core and a much fainter halo to 40" diameter. In a tight group of 10 galaxies including NGC 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 74, along with numerous stars mixed in! A mag 14 star is 40" ENE.
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter. Compact appearance with a fairly high uniform surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is close following [38" ENE]. Forms the SE vertex of a tight equilateral triangle of galaxies with NGC 68 and NGC 70.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, small, oval ~E-W, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 68 group and third in a close trio with NGC 68 1.2' NW and NGC 70 1.0' NNW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 71 on 7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in the 1861 publication. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found the galaxy on 23 Sep 1865.
******************************
NGC 72 = Arp 113 = VV 166d = Holm 6d = UGC 176 = MCG +05-01-069 = CGCG 499-109 = WBL 007-011 = PGC 1204
00 18 28.3 +30 02 26; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 15°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 30"x24", very small brighter nucleus. Member of the compact NGC 68 group and in a string with NGC 60 1.7' W and NGC 72A 1.3' ESE.
18" (11/14/09): faint, small, slightly elongated, 35"x30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Located 2-3' SE of a tight trio (NGC 68/70/71). NGC 72A, an extremely compact galaxy, lies 1.3' E.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, very small, elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. Located in the core of the NGC 68 group with NGC 72A 1.3' ESE, NGC 69 1.8' W, NGC 71 1.7' NW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 72 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. The NGC
position matches
******************************
00 18 39.0 -15 19 20; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core. A mag 14/15 double star is close following (separation of 24" oriented SW-NE).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 73 = Sw. 5-5 on 21 Oct 1886 with
a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "vF; S; R; vF D*
close following." His
position is 30" N of
******************************
00 18 49.3 +30 03 42; And
V = 14.5; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 130°
24" (9/15/12): faint or fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.25', broad weak concentration. On the east side of the NGC 67-72 group, 5.6' due east of NGC 71.
18" (11/14/09): extremely faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.2'. Appears as a phantom streak with averted vision. Located ~6' E of the NGC 68/70/71 triple and furthest east member of the group.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, small, elongated NW-SE, diffuse, even surface brightness. Located 6' E of NGC 71 at the east edge of the NGC 68/NGC 70 group.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 74 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. Bigourdan
measured an accurate position on 29 Sep 1886, matching
******************************
00 19 26.4 +06 26 57; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, round, bright core,
stellar nucleus. Located 5' SE of
an isosceles triangle of mag 11/12 stars with sides 1.3', 1.6' and 1.7'. Mag 7.2
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 75 = Sw. 5-6 on 22 Oct 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 6 sec of RA west and 48" north of UGC 182 = PGC 1255.
******************************
00 19 37.8 +29 56 01; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 80°
24" (8/31/16): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 30"x25", very small bright
nucleus. Forms a close pair with
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~E-W, small bright core.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 76 = Big. 1 on 22 Sep 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. This was Bigourdan's first discovery.
******************************
00 20 01.6 -22 31 56; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint spot on the threshold
of visibility with averted vision.
Only glimpsed for moments several times although sighting certain. Located 3.1' ESE of a mag 11.5
star. Next closest is a 14th mag
star 4.0' WSW. Incorrectly
identified in the RNGC as
17.5" (10/21/95): not seen, though viewed through thin clouds.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 77 = LM 2-280 in 1886 using the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick observatory in Charlottesville,
Virginia. Although the discovery
positions at the observatory were generally very imprecise due to poorly
calibrated circles (in this case off by 30 tsec in RA), Howe measured an
accurate position (given in the IC 2 Notes section), which matches
******************************
00 20 27.5 +00 50 01; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 80°
17.5" (8/20/88): this is a double system with the southwestern member appearing faint, very small, round, bright core. The companion is attached at the northeast end and appears very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. The two components are separated by just 30" and within a common halo.
Carl Frederick Pechüle discovered NGC 78 around 1876 using
the 11-inch Merz refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. The discovery must have been
communicated directly to Dreyer as it was included in the GC Supplement (5094),
but there was no published announcement.
The NGC position is 1.5' north of
******************************
00 21 02.9 +22 34 00; And
V = 14.0; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, broad weak concentration.
This member of the
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, fairly small, almost round,
broad concentration. Located at
the NW end of the NGC 80 group 9.1' NW of
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 79 = Big. 2, along with
NGC 86 and 94, on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory at the
NW end of the NGC 80 group. His
position matches
******************************
NGC 80 = UGC 203 = MCG +04-02-004 = CGCG 479-006 = WBL 009-003 = PGC 1351
00 21 10.9 +22 21 26; And
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/22/08): this giant lenticular galaxy is the
brightest in a visually rich group (WBL 009), with 20 galaxies viewed in a 25'
circle. At 283x it appeared fairly
bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very bright 30" core that
increases to the center and a much fainter outer halo. The closest cluster members are
17.5" (9/19/87): moderately bright, fairly small, sharp
concentration, very bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group with NGC 81, 83, 85, 86, 91, 93, 94,
96,
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, fairly small, almost round, small bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 80 = h16 on 17 Aug 1828 and
noted "faint; small; round; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle;
15" diameter." The NGC
80 group was observed 5 times by Lord Rosse's assistants. On 19 Sep 1857, R.J. Mitchell wrote,
"S; R; or nearly so; and little brighter in the middle." The NGC position matches
******************************
00 21 13.3 +22 22 58; And
V = 15.2; Size 0.3'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 84°
18" (11/22/08): this companion to NGC 80 appeared extremely faint and small, round, just 6"-10" diameter. A mag 15 star lies 0.7' NNW. Located 1.7' NNE of NGC 80.
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint and small, slightly elongated. Two mag 15 stars are close NW, the nearer star is 40" NW. Located just 1.6' NNE of NGC 80 in a group.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 81 on 15 Nov 1873 during one
of the observations with Lord Rosse's 72" of the GC 38 = NGC 80
group. Copeland described a
"F neb, fairly certain. Pos 212.3°, dist 219.5" from [NGC
83]". His micrometric offset
matches
******************************
00 21 17.4 +22 27 42; And
= *, Corwin and Carlson.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 82 = Big. 3 on 23 Oct 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. According to Corwin, Bigourdan's offset matches a star at 00 21 17.4 +22 27 42 (2000). NGC 82 is incorrectly equated with NGC 83 in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 83 = UGC 206 = MCG +04-02-005 = CGCG 479-008 = WBL 009-004 = PGC 1371
00 21 22.5 +22 26 01; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, round, 20"-24" diameter, weak concentration. Cradled by three brighter mag 10-10.5 stars off the following side with the closest 0.9' SSE. NGC 83 is the brightest in a subgroup that is currently "falling into" the larger NGC 80 subgroup.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, slightly elongated
NW-SE, broad concentration. This
is the second brightest member of the NGC 80 group with NGC 80 5.3' SSW and the
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, very small, round. Three mag 10 stars follow. Located 5' NE of NGC 80 is a group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 83 = h17 on 17 Aug 1828 and recorded "E; perhaps bicentral; makes trapezium with three B stars." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 26 Oct 1854, noted "round and brighter in the middle." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 2 Nov 1877 and Engelhardt measured an accurate micrometric position.
This galaxy is identified as NGC 82/83 in MCG although NGC 82 refers to a star.
******************************
00 21 21.3 +22 37 03; And
= *, Thomson and Corwin. Incorrectly identified in the RNGC as MCG +04-02-010.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 84 = Big. 4 on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. At his position is a single star. The RNGC misidentifies MCG +04-02-010 as NGC 84. The identification was discussed in the Webb Society Quarterly Journal for July, 1991.
******************************
00 21 25.5 +22 30 43; And
V = 14.3; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
18" (11/22/08): faint, very small, slightly elongated, ~18"x15". Forms a very close pair with IC 1546 = NGC 85B just 0.9' SE within the NGC 80 cluster. Situated between NGC 83 4.7' S and NGC 86 2.8' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated. Forms a close pair with IC 1546 = NGC 85B 53" ESE and NGC 83 lies 5' S.
13.1" (9/29/84): extremely faint, very diffuse, small, almost round. Located 5' N of NGC 83.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 85 on 15 Nov 1873 using Lord
Rosse's 72" and recorded "eeF, cL, R neb, was certainly and
repeatedly seen. Pos 7.4°, dist
289.2" or 2.7s f, 4'46" N of [N83]. His micrometric offset points directly at
******************************
NGC 86 = MCG +04-02-009 = CGCG 479-011 = WBL 009-007 = PGC 1383
00 21 28.6 +22 33 24; And
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 9°
18" (11/22/08): this member of the NGC 80 group appeared faint, very small, elongated 3:2 N-S, ~20"x14". Elongated in the direction of a mag 12.5 star located just 0.7' S of center. NGC 85 lies 2.8' S.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, elongated ~N-S. A mag 12.5 star is 35" S. MCG +04-02-010 (incorrectly identified in RNGC as NGC 84) lies 2.2' NNE. Located 4' N of NGC 85 in the NGC 80 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): extremely faint, very small, round. A mag 13 star is close S.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 86 = Big. 5 on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory, along with NGCs 79 and 94.
******************************
00 21 14.2 -48 37 42; Phe
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.6
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): fairly faint,
fairly small, irregularly round, 0.7' diameter, low even surface
brightness. Westernmost and second
faintest in the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) with
John Herschel discovered NGC 87 = h2316 (along with NGC 88, 89, 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "eF, vS, R, gradually brighter in the middle, first of four." The next sweep two nights later he logged "eF; S; R. The first of a group of four nebulae."
******************************
NGC 88 = ESO 194-010 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = PGC 1370 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 22.0 -48 38 24; Phe
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, very small bright core. An extremely faint star is attached at the SW end. This galaxy is the faintest in the Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) and centered in an equilateral triangle of galaxies with NGC 87 1.5' NW, NGC 92 1.9' NE and NGC 89 1.5' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 88 = h2317 (along with NGC 87, 89 and 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "eF, vS, R, 2nd of 4, in centre of gravity of the others.".
******************************
NGC 89 = ESO 194-011 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = SCG 0018-4854 = PGC 1374 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 24.4 -48 39 55; Phe
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 148°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.5', very small slightly brighter core, faint stellar nucleus. Has a slightly higher surface brightness than NGC 92. Furthest southern member of the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) with NGC 87, 88, and 92. NGC 88 lies 1.5' N and a faint star is 43" N (at the midpoint to NGC 88).
John Herschel discovered NGC 89 = h2318 (along with NGC 87, 88 and 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle. The 3rd of four."
******************************
00 21 51.4 +22 24 00; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 113°
48" (10/30/16): at 488x and 610x; bright, oval 3:2 E-W,
sharply concentrated with a very bright roundish core (slightly elongated at
610x) and a fairly large oval halo, ~60"x40". A spiral arm is visible on the
northwest side, curling clockwise to the south but the long, thin tidally
stretched extensions to the northwest and southeast were not seen. Forms a striking (interacting) pair
with
NGC 90 = Arp 65 was classified as a Spiral galaxy with
small, high surface-brightness companions on arms.
18" (11/22/08): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 0.5'x0.35'; contains a small, round, brighter core. NGC 93 lies 2.8' ENE and a mag 12 star is 1.4' SW.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, small (only the central portion of the galaxy observed), slightly elongated, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 1.3' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 93 2.8' E. Located on the east side of the NGC 80 group 7.0' ESE of NGC 83.
13.1" (9/29/84): very faint, elongated NW-SE. A mag 13 star is 1' SW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 90 and
93 on 26 Oct 1854. His description mentioned "Several S; F neb visible at
once in finder" so John Herschel assumed at least 3 objects were
discovered, which he catalogued as GC 40, 41, 42. But a sketch of the NGC 90 field shows only two nebulae
labeled as Alpha (now NGC 90) and Beta (now NGC 93). Herman Schultz observed the field on 17 Oct 1866 with the
9.6" refractor at Uppsala and measured an object he thought was GC 40, but
was actually Mitchell's Alpha. His
micrometric position matches
Modern catalogues misidentify UGC 208 as NGC 91 but Schultz's position for NGC 91 falls precisely on a very faint star 1.9' S. This misidentification may have originated in Curtis' description of nebulae (1918) based on Crossley photographs at Lick observatory. See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
00 21 51.6 +22 22 06; And
V = 14.8
48" (10/30/16): this number applies to a mag 14.8 star 1.9' due south of the center of NGC 90 = Arp 65.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 91 on 17 Oct 1866 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Schultz's micrometric position of 00 21 52.1 +22 22 06 (2000) pinpoints NGC 91 as a mag 15 star at 00 21 51.6 +22 22 06. Lord Rosse and d'Arrest are credited with this number in the NGC, but Corwin notes this star was not mentioned in the Birr Castle observations of the field nor by d'Arrest. All modern catalogues misidentify NGC 90 = UGC 208 = PGC 1405 as NGC 91.
******************************
NGC 92 = ESO 194-012 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = PGC 1388 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 31.6 -48 37 30; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 144°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): this galaxy is the brightest member and furthest east in the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34). It appeared moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.6', broad concentration to a bright core. The faint tidal tail to the SE was not seen. The nearby members of the quartet are NGC 87 2.9' W, NGC 88 1.9' SW and NGC 89 2.6' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 92 = h2319 (along with NGC 87, 88 and 89) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, R, gradually brighter in the middle; 20" across. The last of four"."
******************************
NGC 93 = Arp 65 = UGC 209 = MCG +04-02-012 = CGCG 479-015 = WBL 009-010 = PGC 1412
00 22 03.3 +22 24 29; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 48°
48" (10/30/16): at 488x and 610x; very bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 or 7:2 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.3', well concentrated with an intense core that elongates into a bar with averted vision. A low surface brightness outer halo increases the size to 1.0'x0.45'. Three mag 13.5-14 stars are close following. Forms a striking interacting pair with NGC 90 2.8' WSW.
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, 0.5'x0.2', contains a very small brighter core. A triangle of mag 13.5-14 stars follows by 1'-2'. NGC 90 lies 2.8' W.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, oval SW-NE, faint stellar nucleus, bright core. This is a double system with an anonymous companion 35" S. Three mag 13.5-14 stars follow at 1.2' E, 1.9' E and 1.9' ESE forming a small right triangle. Forms a pair with NGC 90 2.8' W at the east side of the NGC 80 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, very elongated. There is a trio of very faint stars to the east.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 93 and 90 on 26 Oct 1854 and labeled it as "Beta" on his sketch. The description mentions "Several S; F neb visible at once in finder" so John Herschel assumed at least 3 objects were discovered, which he catalogued as GC 40, 41, 42, but only two are labeled on the sketch. NGC 93 was independently found by Heinrich d'Arrest on 5 Oct 1864 and catalogued by Dreyer as GC(S) 5098, as he was unsure of the positions and identifications. Stephan observed NGC 90 and 93 (identified as GC 5097 and 5098) on 12 Oct 1869. The two GC entries, #42 and #5098, were combined under NGC 93.
******************************
00 22 13.6 +22 28 59; And
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 25°
18" (11/22/08): faint, very small, elongated 4:3,
~20"x15". This member of
the NGC 80 group forms a nearly contact pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a close pair with an anonymous galaxy (2MASX J00221387+2228242) 35" SSE. Located on the east edge of the NGC 80 group.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 94 = Big. 6 on 14 Nov
1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory, along with NGCs 79,
86 and 96. His position is a
reasonable match with
******************************
00 22 13.6 +10 29 31; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 75°
17.5" (12/19/87): moderately bright, moderately large, round, bright core, very faint stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. A mag 12 star is 2.0' NE of center.
13.1" (12/19/87): faint, small, round, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 95 = H. II-257 = h19 on 18 Oct 1784 (sweep 298) and logged "F, S, R, little brighter in the middle." He found it again on 23 Nov 1785 (sweep 477) and noted "F, pL, mbM, iR." John Herschel made the single observation "vF; pL; R; gradually brighter in the middle."
******************************
NGC 96 = MCG +04-02-014 = PGC 1429
00 22 17.8 +22 32 47; And
V = 14.6; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6
18" (11/22/08): very faint, small, round, 24" diameter, irregular surface brightness. Occasionally a faint star at the edge or possibly a stellar nucleus sparkles. Last of 20 galaxies viewed in the NGC 80 group. The SDSS reveals a faint star is superimposed.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly larger but more diffuse than NGC 94. Located at the NE edge of the NGC 80 group.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 96 = Big. 7 on 24 Oct 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. 10 days earlier he discovered NGCs 79, 86 and 94 in the NGC 80 group.
******************************
00 22 30.0 +29 44 43; And
V = 12.3; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 30" WSW and a mag 14 star 1.3' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 97 = h18 on 16 Sep 1828 and recorded "F; R; g; bM; 15"."
******************************
00 22 49.5 -45 16 09; Phe
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter, sharply concentrated with a bright core and very small bright nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 98 = h2320 on 6 Sep 1834 and
recorded as "very faint; round; brighter in the middle;
resolvable." His position
(single observation) matches
******************************
00 23 59.4 +15 46 12; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.2
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 14 star is
1.4' WNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 99 = St. 13-3 on 8 Oct 1883 (date the position was reduced) and recorded "vF, R, 1' dia, gradually brighter in the middle."
******************************
NGC 100 = UGC 231 = MCG +03-02-009 = CGCG 457-012 = FGC 42 = Holm 9a = PGC 1525
00 24 02.6 +16 29 10; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 5.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 56°
48" (11/8/15): bright, extremely large and thin edge-on 10:1 WSW-ENE, extends at least 4.0'x0.4'. A brighter central region extends ~2' in length and the outer extensions fade significantly and taper towards the tips as they dim out. A mag 15.3 star is just beyond the east end of the galaxy. Four mag 15.2-16.2 stars (in an E-W string) lie within 2.5' south of the galaxy.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, thin edge-on 7:1 WSW-ENE, moderately large, 2.0'x0.3', weak concentration. NGC 99 lies 42' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 100 = Sw. 3-1 on 10 Nov 1885 with
a 16" refractor at his Warner Observatory. His description reads "vF; pS; vE" and the
position matches
******************************
00 23 54.5 -32 32 12; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 2.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 84°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, low surface brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 101 = h2321 on 25 Sep 1834 and
logged as "pretty bright; pretty large; a little elongated; 45";
precedes a star of 14th magnitude."
On a later sweep he noted "very faint; round or very little
elongated; gradually brighter in the middle; 15 arcseconds." So the two observation differ
significantly in terms of brightness.
His position matches
Pietro Baracchi observed this galaxy on 5 Oct 1885 with the Melbourne telescope and wrote "pF, pL, a little elongated following and preceding, about 70" long and 50" broad. A star 14m following, a little north. This object is not conspicuous - it is quite flat - or evenly lighted and the outline is not sharp."
******************************
00 24 36.5 -13 57 22; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, bright core.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 102 = LM 1-3 in 1886 with the 26-inch refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and described as "0.2'. Round." His rough position is just 1' S of MCG -02-02-011 = PGC 1542.
******************************
00 25 17 +61 19 18; Cas
V = 9.8; Size 5'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~40 stars mag 12-15 were resolved, mostly within or near a distinctive 3.3' string oriented SSW-NNE. Two brighter mag 11.8/12.3 stars lie at the N end of the string, just detached from the richest clump of stars near the center of the cluster. Another sparser string of stars is parallel and just 1' W of the main string. A string of stars oriented N-S is detached to the SE of the main string. Observed with a 4 day moon up.
13.1" (10/20/84): 20 faint stars over unresolved haze, very elongated SSW-NNE. Two mag 11 stars are at the north end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 103 = h20 on 5 Oct 1829 and
recorded, "pS, p compressed cl; 3' diam; st 11...18m in 2 or 3 principal
branches. If this be VI 35 [NGC
136], there must be a mistake in my father's obs or mine of 6m in
RA." Herschel's conjecture
was wrong -
The first observation was made by William Herschel on 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887). He noted "clustering, small stars, considerable rich", but didn't assign it a discovery number. He mentioned again, though, in his 1817 paper "Astronomical observations and experiments tending to investigate the local arrangement of the celestial bodies in space, and to determine the extent and conditions of the Milky Way."
******************************
00 24 05.2 -72 04 50; Tuc
V = 4.0; Size 30.9'; Surf Br = 0.1
25" (10/26/22 - OzSky): viewed 47 Tuc at only 102x with a 48' field. The astonishing cluster seemed to fill the vast majority of the field, down to the intensely luminous core, which was distinctly yellow-ochre colored.
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; the core was distinctly orange-yellow. In addition, I immediately noted a couple of obvious orange supergiants at the south edge of the core and in the outer halo on the east side.
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 163x and 264x): absolutely stunning view in the 30" at 163x and 264x. Even in the 37' field of the 21mm Ethos, the stars appeared to fill the entire field, only thinning out near the edge. The pinpoint stars were amazingly packed, but increased in intensity to a relatively small, blazing core, which was plastered with resolved stars. The very center of the nucleus contained a small, intense knot overlaid with packed stars giving a strong impression of layers. I immediately noticed the core had a pale yellowish tint.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at low power (76x using a 27mm Panoptic) the blazing core had an unusual, pale yellow hue.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this was the best view I had of 47 Tucanae during the week. At 212x, the entire 23' field was packed edge-to-edge with pinpoint stars and the blazing, intense core, which had a yellowish tint, was resolved into a mesmerizing dense mat of stars. The halo extended to at least 30'.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x, this breathtaking globular was viewed at over 50° elevation and was stunningly resolved into several thousand stars out to a diameter of over 25'. The star density steadily increases towards the center. The relatively small 4' core was blazing and highly resolved right to the edge of a very small compressed nucleus. A 3-dimensional affect was very strong with layers of stars forming a dense mat over the core. Many of the stars in the halo are connected in chains and lanes. The 9 mm Nagler did a better job of busting apart the stars in the core, although the cluster overfilled the field at this power. Although the total visual magnitude is just slightly fainter than Omega Centauri and the size slightly smaller, 47 Tucanae is certainly equal if not surpassing Omega Centauri in visual impact due to its dazzling central blaze.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): While at Bargo, I observed 47 Tucanae for the first time. Though still very low in the sky the view was thrilling. At 186x, the globular filled the 26' field with an uncountable number of stars. Strongly concentrated to an intense, blazing core which was only partially resolved at a low elevation. The highly resolved outer halo extended ~25' in an irregular outline while the central halo was very symmetric. This is the most prominent naked-eye GC as so much of its light is concentrated into the central core and it lies in a sparse field with no other rivals other than the SMC.
Naked-eye: easy 4th magnitude naked-eye blur just west of the SMC, seen many times from the southern hemisphere. Visible in a dark sky while very low in the sky and from suburban locations when higher in the sky.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered the nebulous appearance of NGC 104 = Lac I-1 = D 18 = 47 Tucanae = h2322 in 1751-1752 with a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. It appeared "like the nucleus of a fairly bright comet." He placed it in group I, consisting of nebulae without stars. The cluster was noted, though, as a "star" in Bayer's Uranometria, which was first published in 1603. The designation "47 Tuc" comes from Bode's extension of Flamsteed numbers to the southern constellations (these are not used today except for 47 Tuc and 30 Dor).
With his 9-inch speculum reflector, James Dunlop logged "(47 Toucan, Bode) this is a beautiful large round nebula, about 8' diameter, very gradually condensed to the centre. This beautiful globe of light is easily resolved into stars of a dusky colour. The compression to the centre is very great, and the stars are considerably scattered south preceding and north following." His sketch (figure 1 in his catalogue) shows a beautifully resolved, elongated cluster.
John Herschel observed it for the first time on 11 Apr 1834 and logged "the great cluster preceding the Nubecula Minor. Estimated dia of the denser portion 5'; of the whole (not, however, including loose stragglers) 8'. Stars 14..16 mag. and one of 12th mag N.p. the centre. Excessively compressed. (N.B. In a sweep below the pole, when of course owing to the low altitude much of the light was lost.)" His observation of 12 Aug 1834 reads: "A most glorious cluster. The stars are equal, 14th mag., immensely numerous and compressed. Its last outliers extend to a distance of 2 min, 16 sec in RA from the centre. It is compressed to a blaze of light at the centre, the diameter of the more compressed part being 30 arcsec in RA. It is at first very gradual, then pretty suddenly very much brighter in the middle. It is completely insulated. After it has passed, the ground of the sky is perfectly black throughout the whole breadth of the sweep. There is a double star 11th mag. preceding the centre (Pos. 226.5 - 6.5 arcsec in RA from centre of neb.)" On 21 Sep 1835 he wrote: "Fills the field with its stragglers, condensation in three distinct stages, first very gradually, next pretty suddenly, and finally very suddenly very much brighter in the middle up to a central blaze whose diameter in RA is 13.5 sec and whose colour is ruddy or orange-yellow, which contrasts evidently with the white light of the rest. The stars are all nearly equal (12..14 mag). A stupendous object." His final record of the object was on 5 Nov 1836: "A most magnificent globular cluster. It fills the field with its outskirts, but within its more compressed part, I can insulate a tolerably defined circular space of 90" dia wherein the compression is much more decided and the stars seem to run together; and this part I think has a pale pinkish or rose-colour." In his diary Herschel also refers to the "Rose coloured central mass".
******************************
00 25 16.8 +12 53 02; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 167°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration. Two mag 13.5 star lie 0.7' W and 1.4' ESE. Situated in a group of six mag 13/14 stars.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 105 = St. 13-4 = Sw. 5-7 on 15 Oct 1884 (date position reduced) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His description reads "eF, S, R, very little brighter middle". Lewis Swift independently found the galaxy again on 31 Oct 1886 and included it in his 5th discovery list (#7). His position is just 5 seconds of RA too small and the description "inside of and near [the] preceding corner of equilateral triangle" applies.
******************************
00 24 43.8 -05 08 55; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 80°
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 106 = LM 1-4 in 1886 with
the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position in list I is 1.0
tmin E of
******************************
00 25 42.1 -08 16 59; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (9/17/88): very faint, very small, round, low even
surface brightness. Located 4.9'
NW of mag 7.8
Otto Struve discovered NGC 107 on 14 Jan 1866 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor at the Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. It was found while unsuccessfully searching for Comet Biela. This is one of 4 NGC galaxies Struve discovered in his search (the comet never returned after 1852) and 3 others that had been previously discovered. MCG (-02-02-014) doesn't label this galaxy as NGC 107, although the identity is certain.
******************************
00 25 59.8 +29 12 43; And
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, fairly small, small very bright core, faint extensions SSW-NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 108 = H. III-148 = h21 on 11 Sep 1874 (sweep 266). He noted "very faint, pretty large, little brighter in the middle." John Herschel made two observations, logging on 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178): "pretty bright; round; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle; 20" diameter."
Birr Castle assistant made an observation on 3 Nov 1855: "elongated sp nf, the arms being very faint, and preceding one rather the brighter, they are perhaps cut off from central Nucl. by dark spaces, but all this is very uncertain. Night not good."
******************************
00 26 14.6 +21 48 27; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 77°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, oval ~E-W. Located about 75' SE of the NGC 80 group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 109 = Au 3 on 8 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen (early discovery) and described it (combining two observations) as "vF, vS, R. Forms a quadrilateral with 3 stars." Auwers included it as #3 in his 1862 list of new nebulae.
******************************
00 27 25.4 +71 23 27; Cas
17.5" (9/2/89): this is a loose group of mag 11-14 stars surrounding a mag 10 star. Near the bright star are several faint stars in a string. The status as a cluster is doubtful and this is very possibly a random grouping.
John Herschel discovered NGC 110 = h22 on 29 Oct 1831 and recorded "a very loose; p rich cl; *s 9...12m; *9m in middle taken."
******************************
00 26 42 -02 38; Cet
= Not found, SG.
= possibly equal to
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 111 = LM 2-281 in 1886
and recorded "vF, vS, R, little brighter middle, *8.5, preceding 36s and
2' N, RA doubtful". There is
nothing at his position and the RNGC misidentifies
John Ponting has suggested NGC 111 is identical to NGC 758, though the RA is 1.5 hours off and the declination is 20' off. See Corwin's NGC ID notes for more on this suggestion.
******************************
00 26 48.8 +31 42 11; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 108°
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, small, oval WNW-ESE, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.8' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 112 = Sw. 2-9 on 17 Sep 1885 with
a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA is just 4 sec east of
******************************
NGC 113 = MCG -01-02-016 = PGC 1656
00 26 54.6 -02 30 03; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 43' S of the
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 113 = T. 1-1 = T. 4-1 on 27 Aug 1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. He described it as a "class III nebula, small, mag 14-15 nucleus."
******************************
NGC 114 = UGC 259 = MCG +00-02-027 = CGCG 383-014 = PGC 1660
00 26 58.2 -01 47 11; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, very small bright
core. Forms a twin of
Truman Safford discovered NGC 114 = Sf. 114 = T. 4-2, along with NGC 118, on 23 Sep 1867 with the 18.5" Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. The discovery list was not published until 1887 so Safford wasn't credited in the NGC. Wilhelm Tempel independently found the galaxy on 27 Sep 1880 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and included it in his 4th discovery paper. Tempel was credited with the discovery in the main NGC table.
******************************
00 26 46.1 -33 40 36; Scl
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 127°
17.5" (12/3/88): extremely faint, fairly small, very elongated WNW-ESE. An unequal double star is 1' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 115 = h2323 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "faint; large; very little elongated; 60" across; has a
double stars 2.5' distant N.p.".
His position and description matches
******************************
00 27 05.2 -07 40 07; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 99°
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, bright core. A mag 11 star is 2.5' SSW. The NGC identification of this galaxy is uncertain.
Gaspare Ferrari discovered NGC 116 = Nova #14 on 14 Jan 1866
while searching for Biela's Comet.
He was using the 9.5-inch Merz equatorial at the College Romain as an
assistant to Father Angelo Secchi (see AN 1571). There is nothing at his position but PGC 1671is 15' further
north and Corwin assigns it to NGC 116 (with uncertainty). MCG doesn't label this galaxy as NGC
116.
******************************
00 27 11.0 +01 20 01; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 100°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, slightly elongated E-W. A mag 15 star is involved at the west edge 24" from center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 117 = m 8 on 13 Sep 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and described as "F, vS." His position matches
******************************
NGC 118 = UGC 264 = MCG +00-02-032 = CGCG 383-016 = III Zw 9 = PGC 1678
00 27 16.2 -01 46 49; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a twin of NGC 114 4' W. NGC 124 lies 10' ESE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 118 = Sf. 91 = T. 4-3, along with NGC 114, on 23 Sep 1867. Wilhelm Tempel found the galaxy again on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 114 and NGC 124) with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and he was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
00 26 57.6 -56 58 41; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; moderately bright and large, irregularly round, ~0.9'x0.8', smooth halo, sharply concentrated with a small, very bright nucleus. Sparsely populated star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 119 = h2324 on 28 Oct 1834 and recorded "pretty bright; round; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle; 25" diameter." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 27 30.0 -01 30 48; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 73°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval WSW-ENE, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 16' NNE of the NGC 114/NGC 118 pair.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 120 = T. 4-4a on 27 Sep 1880. In his description of NGC 124 (4th entry in his 4th discovery list), he mentions he found another nebula 10' north of a mag 9.5 star (about 8' north of NGC 124). The NGC position is 5' too far north. Bigourdan measured an accurate mircrometric position on 16 Nov 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
00 26 48.3 -71 32 09; Tuc
V = 11.2; Size 1.5'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x appeared fairly bright, roundish, 1.3' diameter with a brighter core, no evident resolution. A mag 12 star lies just 1' W of center, a bit beyond the halo. NGC 121 is in the same low power field with 47 Tucanae and 35' SW of mag 6.1 Theta Tuc. This globular is the oldest and most luminous in the SMC, though it is still 2-3 Gyr younger than the oldest galactic globulars.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): this is one known classical globular in the SMC. At 186x is appeared fairly faint, small, 1.5'x1' diameter, contains a small brighter core. There was no hint of resolution. Located 35' NNE of 47 Tucanae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 121 = h2325 on 20 Sep 1835 and logged as "pretty bright; a little extended; very gradually brighter in the middle; 40" dia." His position is accurate. It was described as a "Bright globular cluster, near 47 Tucanae" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa, Peru.
******************************
00 27 38.3 -01 38 26; Cet
= *15?, Gottlieb and Corwin. Not found, RNGC
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 122 = T. 4-4b on 27 Sep 1880
(along with NGC 124) with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri
Observatory. Tempel noted two
nebulae 3'-4' north of a mag 9.5 star.
These numbers may refer to a pair of mag 15.5 stars about 5' NW of the
brighter star. If this is the
case, then NGC 122 is at 00 27 38.3
-01 38 26 (2000) and
******************************
00 27 40.0 -01 37 39; Cet
= *15?, Gottlieb and Corwin. Not found, RNGC
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 123 = T. 4-4c on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 120, 122 and 124) with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. In the observation, Tempel noted two nebulae 3'-4' north of a mag 9.5 star. These numbers may refer to a pair of mag 15.5 stars about 5' NW of the star. Assuming this identification is correct, then NGC 123 is at 00 27 40.0 -01 37 39 (2000). See Corwin's NGC ID notes.
******************************
NGC 124 = UGC 271 = MCG +00-02-038 = CGCG 383-018 = PGC 1715
00 27 52.3 -01 48 38; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 168°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A pair of mag 14 stars are 1.8' W of center. Member of a group with NGC 114 and NGC 118 12' WNW.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 124 = Sf. 92 = T. 4-4d, along with NGC 114 and 118, on 23 Sep 1867. Wilhelm Tempel found the galaxy again on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 114 and 118) with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported it as new in his 4th discovery paper. Tempel was credited in the NGC.
******************************
00 28 50.3 +02 50 19; Psc
V = 12.1; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 85°
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.7' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright core ~15" diameter surrounded by a faint halo. A 20" pair of mag 12 stars is less than 1' S of center.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, round, very
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
mag 12/13 double star at 20" separation oriented NNW-SSE lies 1' SW. Located 6' WSW of
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, small, round, small bright core. Two stars close SW are oriented N-S. Second brightest of three in the NGC 128 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 125 = H. III-869 = h23,
along with NGC 128, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "vF, vS, bM,
N.f. 2 small stars. 300 shewed it
very plainly in the field with the following [NGC 128]. The CGCG failed to label
******************************
00 29 08.1 +02 48 40; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 110°
18" (12/3/05): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 0.3'x0.2', weak concentration, low surface brightness but easy with averted vision and slightly brighter than the close companions to NGC 128. Located 3.6' SW of NGC 128 in a group of five. A mag 12 star lies.1.6' NW.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, oval ~E-W?. Located 3.6' SSW of NGC 128 in a group.
13.1" (11/5/83): extremely faint, very small. Member of the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney probably discovered NGC 126 on 4 Nov
1850. Lord Rosse's 1861
publication mentions "3 others near [NGC 125 and 128]." But no diagram was given and only two
new objects -
Heinrich d'Arrest measured accurate positions on 19 and 21 Sep 1865 (published in 1867). Édouard Stephan possibly observed it on 23 Aug 1871 as he noted 5 objects in the field (but no separate positions). J.L.E. Dreyer, Lord Rosse's assistant, observed the field on 12 Dec 1874 and reported NGC 126 as "Suspected a nebulous knot between [NGC 125] and [NGC 128], a little south." A sketch in the 1880 publication accurately places NGC 126. Lord Rosse (1) and d'Arrest (2) were credited in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 127 = MCG +00-02-050 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 006-010 = PGC 1787
00 29 12.4 +02 52 21; Psc
V = 14.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 70°
18" (12/3/05): this very close companion to NGC 128 is
quite dim, appearing as an extremely faint knot just 12" diameter with no
details. It is fainter and closer
than
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located just 0.8' NW of NGC 128. Faintest of five in the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney and Lord Rosse discovered NGC 127 and NGC 130, on 4 Nov 1850, while observing NGC 128. Stoney reported "2 small objects [NGC 127/130] about equally distant from [NGC 128]. Both Lord Rosse and I thought they were small nebulae, they lie a little below the minor axis of [NGC 128]."
******************************
NGC 128 = UGC 292 = MCG +00-02-051 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 006-002 = PGC 1791
00 29 15.1 +02 51 51; Psc
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 1°
18" (12/3/05): moderately bright and large, very elongated 7:2 N-S, 1.4'x0.4', sharply concentrated with a very bright core that gradually increases to a stellar nucleus. The N-S extensions fade out and taper towards the tips. Flanked on either side of the northern extension by two close companions, NGC 127 and NGC 130, less than 1' NW and 1' NE.
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group of five with two extremely close companions: NGC 127 0.8' NW and NGC 130 1.0' ENE. NGC 125 lies 6' WSW.
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly bright, fairly small, spindle N-S.
8" (8/16/82): faint, small, elongated N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 128 = H. II-854 = h25, along with NGC 125, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and logged "pB, vS, R, very gradually much brighter middle, pretty well defined on the margin". Birr Castle assistant J.L.E. Dreyer observed this galaxy on 12 Dec 1874: "considerably elongated in PA 2.4°, much brighter middle, probably sharp on f side, and a little curved, convex side f; two stars (or eS nebulous knots perhaps?) follow very near."
******************************
00 29 58.5 +60 12 43; Cas
V = 6.5; Size 21'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~100 stars resolved in
a 10'x5' region elongated N-S. The
cluster is more compressed on the south side, where three mag 9 stars (HD
236429,
17.5" (8/29/92): 60 stars mag 10-15 in the 8'x6'
central region of the cluster formed by an isosceles triangle with vertex at
the south end. Each side of this
triangle includes a mag 10 star and most cluster members are contained within
triangle. No real boundaries and
many mag 15 stars are at the edges of this triangle. Mag 6.0
8": ring-shaped open cluster with stars mag 9-13. There is a line of stars to the north on the east edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 129 = H. VIII-79 = h24 on 16 Dec 1788 (sweep 892) and logged "a coarsely scattered cluster of large stars, mixed with smaller ones, not very rich." John Herschel reported "a * 9m about middle of a vL, coarse sc rich cluster of *s 9..13 which more than fills field."
******************************
NGC 130 = MCG +00-02-052 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 00-011 = PGC 1794
00 29 18.5 +02 52 13; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 44°
18" (12/3/05): very faint, very small, slightly elongated SW-NE, ~0.3'x0.2', weak concentration, easy with averted vision. Slightly brighter of two companions to NGC 128 and situated just off the NE flank, 1.0' from center.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, oval ~SW-NE, small bright core. Located 1.0' ENE of NGC 128. Second faintest of five in the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney and Lord Rosse discovered NGC 130 and NGC 127, on 4 Nov 1850, while observing NGC 128. Stoney described "2 small objects about equally distant from [NGC 128]. Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position (3 different nights) with the 11-inch at Copenhagen.
******************************
00 29 38.3 -33 15 36; Scl
V = 13.2; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 63°
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, oval WSW-ENE,
weak concentration. A mag 14.5
star is off the ENE edge. Located
9' WSW of much brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 131 = h2326 on 25 Sep 1834 and logged "pretty bright; pretty large; pretty much elongated; very gradually brighter in the middle." On a later sweep he noted "very faint; the preceding of two. The other [NGC 134] very large and bright."
******************************
00 30 10.6 +02 05 34; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 40°
17.5" (11/6/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval SSW-NNE, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.7' NE of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 132 = H. II-855 = h26 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985). He catalogued summary from 2 observations reads "pB, cL, irregularly round, resolvable, very gradually brighter middle, about 1 1/2' sp a vS star."
Birr Castle assistant Bindon Stoney logged on 6 Dec 1850: "R, F nucleus, 40" broad."
******************************
00 31 17 +63 21 12; Cas
Size 7'
17.5" (10/13/90): about 15 stars including 5 brighter stars forming a "Y" asterism and 10 faint stars. One of the brightest stars is a very close double star (9.7/11.3 at 6") and a curving lane of very faint stars passes through this double star, not rich. This is the poorest of three clusters just north of Kappa Cassiopeia.
8" (8/16/82): group of 8 stars in "Y"
asterism, in field with open cluster
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 133 on 4 Feb 1865 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen and recorded (single observation) a "double star in a group of scattered stars, mag 10 and fainter. Found while observing h28 [NGC 146]. The double star is mag 10 and 11 at a separation of 6"." His position and description matches this weak cluster.
******************************
NGC 134 = ESO 350-023 = MCG -06-02-012 = PGC 1851
00 30 21.5 -33 14 50; Scl
V = 10.4; Size 8.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 50°
17.5" (12/3/88): bright, fairly large, very elongated SW-NE, sharp concentration with a bright core and long faint arms. Two mag 13.5 stars are nearby; one at the preceding edge 40" NW of center and one on the opposite side of the core, 1.5' SE of center. NGC 131 is in the field 9' WSW.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, very elongated SW-NE, small bright core, sharp edge along the west side. A star is off the preceding side.
8" (11/8/80): fairly faint, elongated, low surface brightness.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 134 = D 599 = D 590 = h2327 with his 9" reflector on 7 Jul 1826. His description for D 599 reads "very faint nebula, about 25" diameter, rather elliptical. North of Eta Caelae Sculptoris. There are four small stars south of the nebula in the form of a lozenge." His position is 22' NNW of the galaxy but the description of the four nearby stars to the south clinches the identification. For D 590 he logged (handwritten notes), "a very faint round nebula, about 2' diameter, rather brighter in the middle, il defined. South following Eta Sculptoris."
John Herschel's positio for h2327 is accurate and he noted it could be identical D 590. His observation on 25 Sep 1834 reads, "vB; vL; vmE; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 8' long; 1' broad; pos = 47.9°; dies away gradually at both extremities; has a star 10th mag., distance 45", pos = 327.9. On a second sweep on 19 Oct 1835 he logged "bright; large; vmE; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 4' long; 1' broad; position = 227°; the following of 2." He also sketched the galaxy (Plate VI, figure 19), clearly showing its spindle-shape with tapering edges.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 134 on 2 Nov 1875 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope (plate I, figure 1 of "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...") and noted, "The present appearance of nebula is exactly as represented in Herschel's sketch; the centre is sharp and stellar-like with power of 255; but with 420 it is more diffused, and somewhat sparkling. A careful examination leaves the impression that it is practically unchanged since Herschel's time, the only difference between his sketch and present aspect being the position of the North star, which in Herschel's sketch is shown in a straight line with the centre of nebula and s.f. star, whilst at present it is somewhat to the n.f. of that point; this may however be the fault of the engraver."
The earliest photograph is probably from 1909-1911 by Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector. It was described as "B, 5' x 1', an elongated spiral."
******************************
00 31 45.9 -13 20 16; Cet
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (10/21/95): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration with a slightly brighter core. Forms a quadrilateral with three mag 14 stars, all within
2'. Located 3.5' SW of a mag 9.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 135 = LM 1-5 on 2 Oct
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 2 min of RA west
(typical error) of
RNGC and PGC (and second sources such as Megastar) misidentify NGC 135 as IC 27 based on their positions. The correct identification is given in NED, HyperLeda and SIMBAD.
******************************
NGC 136 = Cr 4 = OCL-295 = Lund 18
00 31 31 +61 30 36; Cas
V = 11.6; Size 1'
24" (1/4/14): ~10 faint stars are resolved in a small,
circular patch ~1' diameter, over unresolved haze. A small detached group to the southeast increases the total
to 15 stars and the size to 2'.
Most of the resolved stars are mag 14-15. Located ~6' NE of mag 8.5
17.5" (8/16/93): 7-8 faint stars mag 14 resolved in very tight, compact group of 1.5' diameter, over background haze. A few additional stars trail to the SE so there are about 10 stars in the group. Located 6' NE of mag 8.3 SAO 11238.
13.1" (10/20/84): 5 or 6 very faint stars 13/14 over haze. Appears similar to a small, faint gc with no strong concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 136 = H. VI-35 on 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887). He described a "a small cluster of very faint, exceedingly compressed stars about 1' diam. The next step to an easily resolvable nebula." He considered this cluster a miniature globular.
******************************
00 30 58.1 +10 12 30; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, irregularly round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 1' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 137 = H. II-471 on 23 Nov 1785 (sweep 477) and logged "F, irr figure, little brighter in the middle." His position is very accurate. Heinrich d'Arrest also measured an accurate position.
******************************
00 30 59.2 +05 09 35; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, oval N-S, small
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
mag 11 star is 1' N. Brightest in
a trio with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 138 = m 9 (along with NGC 139 and NGC 141) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, eS, suddenly brighter middle." Marth's position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 139 = CGCG 409-022 = PGC 1900
00 31 06.4 +05 04 43; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, small, almost round. Located in a group with NGC 138 5' NNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 139 = m 10 (along with NGC 138
and NGC 141) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged
"eF, S." Marth's
position is 2' N of
******************************
00 31 20.5 +30 47 32; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, round, diffuse, broad concentration. Two faint stars following including a mag 15 star 44" SSE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 140 = Sf. 60 = St. 12-5 on 8 Oct 1866 with the 18" refractor at Dearborn Observatory and described it as "probably a small cluster". His discovery list was not published until 1887, too late to be credited in the NGC. Édouard Stephan independently found the galaxy on 5 Nov 1882 and is credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 141 = CGCG 409-027 = PGC 1918
00 31 17.5 +05 10 47; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Located 5' ENE of NGC 138 in a compact trio.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 141 = m 11 (along with NGC 139
and NGC 138) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged as
"vF, vS, iR." His
position is 0.1 minute east of
******************************
00 31 07.9 -22 37 07; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 101°
17.5" (10/8/88): first of three with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 142 = LM 2-282 (along with NGCs 143 and 144) in 1886 using the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is OK and his note of a double star 0.5' N pins down the identification. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 143 = ESO 473-022 = MCG -04-02-015 = PGC 1911
00 31 15.6 -22 33 36; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 1.0'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 20°
17.5" (10/8/88): second of three with NGC 142 and NGC 144. Extremely faint, small, oval SSW-NNE. Located 3' NNE of NGC 142.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 143 = LM 2-283, along with NGCs
142 and 144, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is a reasonable
match with
******************************
00 31 20.6 -22 38 45; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/8/88): third of three with NGC 142 and NGC 143. Faint, small, round, very weak concentration. Located 3' SE of identical NGC 142.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 144 = LM 2-284, along with NGC
142 and 143, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His rough position is
a reasonable match with
******************************
00 31 45.7 -05 09 09; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 135°
48" (11/8/15): at 375x and 488x; fascinating irregular spiral galaxy. A bright bar extends 30" N-S. A spiral arm is attached at the north end of the bar and is easily visible extending to the west, and curling clockwise. The arm has a fairly high contrast and definition. A small HII knot (~8" diameter) is nearly attached to the north end of the bar where the spiral arm begins. A fainter, low contrast arm is attached at the south end of bar and extends 30" due east.
Two companions were picked up.
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval
~E-W, small bright core. Located
6' WNW of mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 145 = h27 = h2328 on 9 Oct 1828 and recorded "vF; vlE; gradually little brighter middle, 60" long."
******************************
NGC 146 = Cr 5 = OCL-299 = Lund 21
00 33 01 +63 18 42; Cas
V = 9.1; Size 7'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~60 stars are resolved in a 7' region that stands out reasonably well at low power. Near the southeast end of the group is the pair HJ 1033 = 10/10 at 7". The cluster is generally elongated NW-SE and includes a dozen or so brighter stars. A rectangular "void" lacking stars is on the NW side.
17.5" (10/20/90): about 30 stars in a fairly large group about 10' diameter. Includes a close mag 10 pair at 7" separation, 10 stars mag 12-13 and 20 stars mag 14-15. Third of three open clusters in low power field with King 14 10' SW and NGC 133 10' WNW.
8" (11/28/81): includes a few mag 10 stars, many mag 12 stars and fainter stars over haze. Located 22' N of a mag 4 star. NGC 133 is in the field to the WNW and King 14 is close SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 146 = h28 on 27 Oct 1829 and recorded a "loose cl; *s 11 and 12m; 10' diam; place that of a double +* (h 1033) whose RA is erroneously stated in my 4th catalogue."
******************************
00 33 11.7 +48 30 27; Cas
V = 9.5; Size 13.2'x7.8'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 25°
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, very large, elongated almost 2:1 SSW-NNE, 5'x3', very low almost even surface brightness. A mag 13.8 foreground star is superimposed just north of center. The halo gradually fades into background.
17.5" (8/29/92): at 115x (20mm Nagler) appears up to 8'x4' from the White Mountains (elevation 12,500 ft).
8" (8/28/81): very faint, moderately large, slightly elongated, diffuse.
24" (1/1/16): Hodge III is the brightest globular cluster in NGC 147 at V ≈ 16.5. At 450x and 500x it only occasionally popped but was verified at the same position using a detailed finder chart.
I first identified two mag 13 stars at 1' separation oriented N-S, which are situated 5' SSE of the center of NGC 147. These stars are just outside the halo of the galaxy. A mag 14.7 star is 1' further NW, forming an obtuse isosceles triangle with the two mag 13 stars. Hodge 3 is 41" N of the mag 14.7 star and nearly forms the 4th vertex of a parallelogram with these three stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 147 = h29 on 8 Sep 1829 and
recorded "very faint; very large; irregularly round; 4..5' diam; loses
itself insensibly; has a *11m in the centre." Bindon Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant on 25 Oct 1851, logged
"L, vF neby, round a * 12m. I
suspect it is a spiral of the faintest class, perhaps h 29." Although William Herschel discovered
On 21 Aug 1852, Birr Castle assistant George J. Stoney (returning after examinations at Trinity) wrote, "Involves some stars, one of about 12th or 13th magnitude, elongated; very faint."
In 1944 William Baade announced that NGC 147, along with NGC
185, were members of the Local Group (1944ApJ...100..147B) when they were
resolved into stars on plates take with the 100-inch at Mt Wilson. NGC 147 is considered a satellite
system of
******************************
00 34 15.5 -31 47 10; Scl
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 90°
17.5" (8/2/86): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated E-W, small bright core.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, small, elongated E-W, very small bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 148 = h239 on 27 Sep 1834 and
recorded "vB; S; lE in parallel; suddenly much brighter middle to a *
11m." His RA was 1.0 min west
of
******************************
00 33 50.3 +30 43 24; And
V = 14.3; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 155°
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round. Contains a faint stellar nucleus or a mag 15 star is involved. A mag 13 star is close SW just 0.6' from the center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 149 = St. 13-5 on 1 Nov 1877 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His reduced position was measured nearly 6 years later on 4 Oct 1883 with description "vF, vS, R, gradually brighter in the middle, mag 14 stellar nucl, *12 close sp".
******************************
00 34 16.0 -27 48 16; Scl
V = 11.4; Size 3.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 118°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, weak concentration, irregular surface brightness [probably due to spiral arms], slightly mottled.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 150 = Sw. 6-3 on 20 Nov 1886 with
his 16" refractor. His
position was 30 seconds of RA west of
It was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as a "Fine small spiral". The galaxy was also photographed between 1909-11 by Harold Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory and described as a "two-branched spiral".
******************************
00 34 02.5 -09 42 20; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
48" (10/29/19): very bright striking spiral with an inner ring and a long, drawn out spiral arm! Overall, at 610x the galaxy extended over 2:1 WSW-ESE, ~3.2' x 1.4'. Very strongly concentrated with a very bright core that gradually increased to the center. Immediately west of the core was a noticeably darker gap and a lower contrast gap was east of the core. These gaps were outlined by bright arcs, each about 90°, creating a partial oval ring surrounding the core.
The western half of the halo had a low surface brightness and extended at least 1.5' from the center. I noticed a brightening at the extreme west end of the halo. Checking the SDSS, this is a split spiral arm, separated beyond a darker dust lane. A thin, long spiral arm was attached at the south side of the core (along the inner ring) and was easily seen gently curving northeast, extending directly to a mag 12.6 star!
A small, faint knot, at most 10" diameter, was easily seen near the end of this arm, very close SSW [16"] of the mag 12.6 star. This "knot" is a companion galaxy (2MASX J00340814-0941481), though its redshift is 1/3 greater than NGC 151, so it may be in the background.
24" (12/1/16): bright, fairly large, contains a very bright boxy rectangular central section that is slightly elongated NNW-SSE (this is the central bar and nucleus), encased by a fairly low surface brightness halo extended at least 2:1 E-W, ~2.7'x1.2'. A mag 12.5 star is at or just off the ENE edge (1.7' from center). A superimposed companion is at the tip of the eastern spiral arm of the galaxy, very close southwest of the mag 12.5 star. It was marginally glimpsed but only occasionally popped.
17.5" (9/17/88): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 5:3 WSW-ENE, 2.5'x1.5', bright nucleus. A mag 13 star is at the ENE edge, 1.7' from the center.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly bright, bright core, very bright nucleus, very faint halo elongated ~E-W. A faint star is at the ENE edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 151 = H. II-478 = h30 = h2330 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). He logged "pretty bright, large, little extended, little brighter middle." On 10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1086) he noted "considerably bright, considerably large, brighter middle, nearly in the parallel, a little from south preceding to north following."
John Herschel observed this galaxy at Slough and at the
Cape, where he recorded "pF; R; gradually brighter middle; 60"
diameter." His two entries
were combined in GC 74 and his position matches
Based on photos taken at the Helwan Observatory in 1919-20 with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector, NGC 151 was described as "4' x 1.5', bright almost stellar nucleus; spiral with at least 3 long, much curved arms in what are almost stellar condensations. One of the arms appears to wind completely around the nucleus, and possibly extend to more than 3' from it to a star in p.a. 190°."
******************************
00 32 55.5 -73 06 59; Tuc
V = 12.9; Size 3'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this SMC cluster appeared as a fairly faint, fairly large, round glow, ~2'
diameter. At 228x, the cluster had
a fairly smooth, fairly low surface brightness with no core and no signs of
resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 152 = h2331 in the SMC on 20 Sep 1835 and logged "vF; L; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 2'." His position was 2 min of RA too far west, but the position was corrected in the GC and NGC.
******************************
00 34 02.5 -09 42 20; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
See observing notes for NGC 151.
Lewis Swift found NGC 153 = Sw. 4-1 on 9 Aug 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "pF; pS; R; * near north-following". There is nothing at his position but 17 seconds of RA west is NGC 151. This is a similar offset as other objects he observed that night and his description matches this galaxy. Rudolph Spitaler analyzed the equivalence NGC 153 = NGC 151 in AN 130, p57 (1892) and Dreyer mentioned it in the IC 1 Notes.
Strangely, in the RC1 notes section, de Vaucouleurs stated the mag 12.5 star at the end of the northeast arm was Swift's NGC 153!
******************************
00 34 19.4 -12 39 24; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak concentration. Forms a triangle with two mag 13.5 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 154 = H. III-467 = h31 on 27
Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "eF, vS, 240 power left some
doubt." His position matches
******************************
00 34 40.1 -10 45 59; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, very small, oval 4:3 N-S, bright core.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 155 = Sw. 4-2 = LM 1-6 on 1 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA was 10 seconds too small. Frank Muller also found the galaxy in 1886 (sometime before Oct 12th) with the 26" Leander McCormick refractor and reported "mag 13.0, S, R, bsp, *12 in PA 90° at 3.2' separation." Bigourdan measured an accurate micrometric position on 21 Oct 1890 as well as Howe at Denver near the end of the century.
******************************
00 34 35.8 -08 20 24; Cet
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 156 in 1882 with an 11"
refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, while observing
******************************
NGC 157 = MCG -02-02-056 = PGC 2081
00 34 46.6 -08 23 48; Cet
V = 10.4; Size 4.2'x2.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 35°
48" (10/29/19): at 610x; showpiece spiral with the sweep of two prominent spiral arms, outlined by dust lanes, forming a striking, stretched "S" pattern, similar to Superman's logo! Overall, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, ~3'x2'. At the center was a very small, intense nucleus. A beefy spiral arm was attached at the west side of the nucleus. It showed a high contrast, due to inner and outer dust lanes with a brighter, curving arc at its southwest end. This arm rotated clockwise towards the southeast side, and hooked towards the northeast. The second thick arm as attached on the east end of the nucleus. It also showed a high contrast arc along its northeast portion, then rotated sharply clockwise towards the west and angled southwest to the west of the central region. Two mag 13.6/15.3 stars (0.6' apart) lie 1.3' NE of center. A dusty triangular wedge (between spiral arms) extended from these stars towards the core.
17.5" (9/17/88): bright, large, oval 3:2 SW-NE, broad
concentration, small bright core, mottled appearance, sharp edge along the east
side. Two mag 13.5 and 15 stars
are near the NE edge. The galaxy
is bracketed between 9.5-mag
8": fairly faint, fairly large, diffuse. Located between two mag 8.5/9.5 stars to the north and south.
William Herschel discovered NGC 157 = H. II-3 = St. 9-1 on 13 Dec 1783 (sweep 42). This was the first object he discovered using a vertical sweep in the meridian, as his original technique involved a horizontal movement. His published description (based on two observations) reads, "F, L, mE, between two considerably bright stars [visible in the finder]."
Eduard Schönfeld, Heinrich d'Arrest and Father Secchi provided accurate positions, so the NGC position is correct. Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 18 Sep 1873 (probably looking for H. II-3) and commented it was "tres belle". He measured an accurate position on 28 Oct 1878 and reported it as new in his 9th discovery list (#1). Dreyer listed d'Arrest and Stephan in the "Other Observers" column.
******************************
00 35 05.3 -08 20 40; Cet
= *?, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 158 in 1882 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and recorded in list V while observing the field of NGC 157. Corwin identifies his object as a single star at 00 35 05.3 -08 20 40.
******************************
00 34 35.7 -55 47 24; Phe
V = 13.8; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 95°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly faint to
moderately bright, elongated nearly 3:1 E-W, 1.0'x0.3', contains a small
bright, round core and a stellar nucleus.
Located 29' SSE of mag 7.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 159 = h2332 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "vF, S, R, 15", precedes 3 stars." On a second sweep he noted "vF, R, gradually little brighter middle, 20 arcseconds". His position is accurate.
******************************
00 36 04.1 +23 57 29; And
V = 12.6; Size 3.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 45°
24" (9/30/16): at 200x; fairly bright or bright, large,
elongated 2:1 or 5:2 SW-NE, sharply concentrated with a small very bright core
that increases to a stellar nucleus.
Surrounding the core is a large, low surface brightness halo
~1.8'x0.8'. Situated 4.3' SSW of
mag 7.3
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, almost round. Located 4.2' SSW of mag 7.5 SAO 74134. Forms a wide pair with NGC 169 11' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 160 = H. III-476 = h32 on 5 Dec 1785 (sweep 484). He described it as "Very faint, very small, stellar, a few minutes south preceding a pretty bright star [mag 7.3 HD 3293]. 240 showed the same." Herschel missed NGC 169, which is only 11' ENE. John Herschel reported that NGC 160 (h 32) "has a * 7m, 5' distant; position of neb from * 195.5°." The Birr Castle assistants made 7 observations of the field.
******************************
00 35 33.9 -02 50 55; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 150°
24" (10/6/18): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
slightly elongated SSW-NNE, ~30"x20" though the length increases with
averted. Contains a bright core
and a very tiny nucleus. A mag
12.1 star is 1.2' N. Forms a pair
with
24" (11/24/14): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3
SSW-NNE, fairly high surface brightness.
Contains a small bright nucleus that increases to a stellar point. A mag 12 star is 1.2' N and a mag 12.5
star is 2' SSW. Forms a close pair
with IC 1557 1.7' S. Located 6' SE
of mag 8.8
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, small bright core. Bracketed by two mag 12 stars 1.2' N and 1.5' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 161 = Sw. 6-4 on 21 Nov 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. He recorded, "eF; eS; R;
nearly between 2 equal mag stars."
His position is 18 sec of RA east and 1' north of
The MCG, PGC, RNGC and Roger Sinnott's
******************************
00 36 09.2 +23 57 45; And
= * 75" NE of NGC 160, Thomson and Corwin.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 162 on 16 Oct 1866 using Lord Rosse's 72" and by Herman Schultz on 5 Sep 1867 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Both observers recorded a single star 75" NE of NGC 160. This star was possibly noted even earlier by Heinrich d'Arrest on 22 Aug 1862. Schultz assumed this object was GC 82, discovered by R.J. Mitchell at Birr Castle on 18 Sep 1857. But Mitchell's object is a close companion of NGC 169 (now known as IC 1559), not NGC 162 as John Herschel assumed. Dreyer also observed this star on 6 Nov 1874 and noted "An eS, F neb point, or probably a F* nf h79 in PA 78"."
In the GC Supplement, Dreyer incorrectly decided "Rosse nova does not exist [so GC 82 = IC 1559 did not receive an NGC number]. 82 was undoubtedly observed instead of 79, which latter nebula is not double. The description in PT 1861, agrees perfectly with the appearance of 82" He added that "Schultz's GC 80 has not been seen in Birr before 1874: I have therefore entered it in the catalogue as a nova." So, Dreyer assigned Schultz's GC 80 to the single star (the one first seen by Lawrence Parsons in 1866) following NGC 160 and renumbered it as GC 5107. RNGC misidentifies NGC 162 with an anonymous galaxy close SE of NGC 160 and Dorothy Carlson incorrectly equates NGC 160 = NGC 162 in her NGC errata list. Wolfgang Steinicke thoroughly covered the identifications of GC 80 and 82 in his book on the history of the NGC.
******************************
00 35 59.8 -10 07 18; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 85°
24" (8/29/19): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, round, well concentrated with a small bright core and stellar
nucleus. The halo drops off
quickly in surface brightness. It was obvious only to 30" and ~45"
diameter with averted vision. In a
trio with
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, small, round, brighter core, stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. Forms a pair with NGC 165 6' E.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 163 = Sw. 4-3 on 20 Sep
1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His mean position (also measured on the next night) matches
Lewis Swift independently found NGC 163 on 9 Aug 1886 and reported it in his 4th discovery list (#3). Swift's RA was 14 seconds too large and falls between NGC 163 and 165 but Swift's positions for three other galaxies he observed on this night (NGC 153, 217 and 7774) are all 10 - 15 seconds of time too large. This implies that Swift missed slightly fainter NGC 165. Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector between 1912-13, Heber Curtis described NGC 163 as "Almost stellar; structureless; bright nucleus. A very faint spindle is 1.5' s.p.
******************************
00 36 32.9 +02 44 59; Psc
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (11/6/88): extremely faint, very small,
round. Located about 30' W of the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 164 = m 12 on 3 Aug 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged as "eF".
******************************
NGC 165 = MCG -02-02-069 = PGC 2182
00 36 28.8 -10 06 23; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 50°
24" (8/29/19): at 375x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, brighter core, low surface brightness halo ~45" diameter. A mag 13.5 star is 1.4' NE. NGC 165 is the fainter of a pair with NGC 165 7' E. A mag 9.6 star (HD 3336) lies 7' NW.
MCG -02-02-064, located 15' NW, appeared faint, oval ~5:2 SSW-NNE, soft even surface brightness, ~0.75'x0.3'
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, fairly small, almost round, very weak concentration, low surface brightness. Slightly larger but fainter than NGC 163 6' W. A mag 14 star lies 1.5' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 165 = H. III-954 on 10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1086) and recorded "extremely faint, small." His position is just 1.6' NNW of NGC 165 = PGC 2182, and much further from NGC 163 = PGC 2149, the galaxy associated with III-954 in the NGC. In the 1912 revision of Herschel's catalogues, Dreyer noted the RA of H. III-954 was 28 seconds too large (for NGC 163). Wolfgang Steinicke and Harold Corwin agree with the conclusion that H. III-954 more likely applies to NGC 165.
Wilhelm Tempel found NGC 165 in 1882 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported it as new in his fifth discovery paper. He noted finding another fainter nebula 30 seconds following NGC 163. Tempel's second nebula was assumed to be new, so he was credited with the discovery of NGC 165 in the NGC. Spitaler measured an accurate position in 1891 at Vienna.
Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector between 1912-13, Heber Curtis described NGC 165 as "Nearly round, 1' in diameter. A very faint, rather regular spiral. Nucleus almost stellar."
******************************
00 35 48.8 -13 36 38; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.8'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, oval NW-SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 166 = LM 1-285 in 1886
with the 26" refractor of the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is just under 1 min
of RA preceding
******************************
00 35 22.9 -23 22 29; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 171°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, small, oval 3:2 ~N-S, very weak concentration.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 167 = LM 2-286 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "0.8',
irregularly round, gradually brighter in the middle." His position is 1 minute of RA east of
Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes). The NGC error in RA was also noted in the table of corrections published by Harvard Observatory based on plates taken at Arequipa between 1898 and 1901.
******************************
00 36 38.7 -22 35 37; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 26°
24" (10/3/13): first of three edge-ons with
17.5" (12/3/88): first of three in a group with NGC 172 and NGC 177. Very faint, very small, slightly elongated. An extremely faint star is possibly involved. NGC 172 lies 7' E and NGC 177 13' ENE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 168 = LM 2-287, along with NGC
172 and 177, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 169 = Arp 282 NED1 = UGC 365 = MCG +04-02-035 = CGCG 479-044 = PGC 2202
00 36 51.7 +23 59 27; And
V = 12.4; Size 3.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 88°
24" (9/30/16): at 200x; fairly bright, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 E-W, ~0.8'x0.3'.
Contains a small, bright elongated core that increases to a stellar
nucleus. Forms a disturbed,
interacting pair (
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated
~E-W. Located 3.8' WSW of mag 6.4
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 169 on 18 Sep 1857. His description reads, "a vS, double nebula, the north one is elongated south-preceding north-following, brighter middle." A month later he logged "double nebula, alpha [on a diagram] is much extended preceding-following, bM. Beta is lE nearly north-south, bM." In Lord Rosse's 1861 publication, it was mistakenly assumed that the observation referred to NGC 160, so was not a new object. The following year Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered NGC 169 and was credited with discovery in the General Catalogue (GC 82), published in 1864. Mitchell's "Beta" was assigned GC 80.
d'Arrest listed his discovery in a large table of new nebulae published in 1865, so he was able to add a footnote that his object was discovered earlier at Birr Castle (assuming it was identical to GC 80). In the NGC, Dreyer correctly credited both LrR and d'Arrest for the discovery of NGC 169, but he mistakenly described NGC 160 as a double nebula (repeating Mitchell's error) and deleted GC 80 (Mitchell's "Beta"). Finally, the companion was catalogued as IC 1559, though it should have received a NGC designation. See that number for more. William Herschel recorded the nearby mag 6.2 star on 4 Dec 1784 (sweep 328), but missed the galaxy. Immediately after logging the star he noted "a very thin whitish haziness all over", so sky conditions were poor.
MCG labeled the brighter northern galaxy as
******************************
00 36 45.8 +01 53 11; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 85°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located 2.0' NW of mag 9.0
Albert Marth discovered NGC 170 = m 13 on 3 Nov 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, S, R." Marth's position is 1' N of
******************************
00 37 21.6 -19 56 04; Cet
See observing notes for
William Herschel discovered NGC 171 = H. III-223 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) and recorded "vF; lE or rather oval; roughly 1' dia; np 2 pB stars". There is nothing at the NGC position, but Dreyer states in the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues that Carolyn Herschel made a one degree error in copying the declination for III-223. Once corrected, NGC 171 is identical to NGC 175, found by John Herschel on 11 Nov 1834. This galaxy is generally identified as NGC 175, due to the error in declination for NGC 171. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 172 = ESO 474-005 = MCG -04-02-027 = KTS 4B = PGC 2228
00 37 13.6 -22 35 13; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 2.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 12°
24" (10/3/13): fairly faint, moderately large, edge-on SSW-NNE, 0.9'x0.2', irregular surface brightness. Second of three edge-ons in the KTS 4 triplet with NGC 168 8' W and NGC 177 5.3' NE.
17.5" (12/3/88): second of three with NGC 168 and NGC 177. Faint, edge-on 5:1 SSW-NNE, low even surface brightness. NGC 168 lies 7' W and NGC 177 5' ENE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 172 = LM 2-288, along with NGC
168 and 177, in 1886 with the 26" Clark refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position is a
good match with
******************************
NGC 173 = UGC 369 = MCG +00-02-092 = CGCG 383-043 = PGC 2223
00 37 12.4 +01 56 32; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 3.2'x2.6'; Surf Br = 15.2; PA = 90°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly large, round, broad concentration. Bracketed midway between a mag 12 star 1.5' SW and a mag 13 star 1.6' NE. Forms a pair with fainter NGC 170 7.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 173 = H. III-871 = h33 on 28
Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and logged "vF, S, R, very gradually brighter
middle." Caroline's reduced
position is 4' north of
******************************
00 36 58.9 -29 28 40; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 152°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, oval NW-SE, weak
concentration. A mag 13 star is
just off the SE edge. Situated
among a group of mag 10-11 stars including mag 9.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 174 = h2333 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, S, lE, among several bright stars." The next sweep he noted "vF, S,
R.". Finally on a third sweep he recorded "vF, R, 25", near one
or two stars." His mean
position matches
******************************
NGC 175 = NGC 171 = ESO 540-006 = VV 791a = MCG -03-02-024 =
00 37 21.6 -19 56 04; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 109°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, moderately large, slightly elongated, oval small bright core, diffuse halo. Forms a right angle with two mag 11 stars 4' SSE and 5' ENE.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, diffuse, even surface brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 175 = h2334 on 11 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pB, pL, E, gradually brighter in the middle, r, 80" long,
60" broad. If this nebula be really III.223 [NGC 171], the P.D. [polar
distance] assigned to that nebula by my Father's observations must be 1 degree
in error. The error cannot lie in this observation, the 109th degree of Polar
distance being beyond the possible reach of the instrument in [this]
sweep." His position and
description matches
By historical precedence, the principal designation should be NGC 171, but the galaxy is usually identified as NGC 175 due to the unambiguous position.
******************************
NGC 176 = ESO 029-002 = Lindsay16
00 35 54 -73 10 00; Tuc
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this SMC cluster is fairly faint, fairly small, round, ~40" diameter,
low surface brightness with a brighter core. It appeared unresolved except for a mag 13 star at the north
edge and a mag 14 star at the south edge.
NGC 152 lies 13' WNW.
Located 3.5' NNE of mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 176 = h2335 in the SMC on 12 Aug 1834 and recorded "eF; R; near a *8m (At the beginning of the Nubecula Minor." On a second sweep he logged "eF; S; lE, resolvable." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 177 = ESO 474-006 = MCG -04-02-028 = KTS 4C = PGC 2241
00 37 34.3 -22 32 57; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 9°
24" (10/3/13): this galaxy is the most prominent of a trio of edge-ons (KTS 4) with NGC 172 5' SW and NGC 168 13' WSW. Moderately bright, fairly large, edge-on 5:1 nearly N-S, 1.5'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a small, bright elongated core increasing to a stellar nucleus.
17.5" (12/3/88): third and brightest of three with NGC 168 and NGC 172. Faint, edge-on 4:1 N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus. NGC 172 lies 5' WSW.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 177 = LM 2-289, along with NGC
168 and 172, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. Muller's position is
2' S of
******************************
00 39 08.4 -14 10 26; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
24" (9/30/16): at 282x; fairly bright, fairly large,
elongated 5:2 N-S, ~1.5'x0.6'.
Appears mottled along the major axis with a brighter knot or region at
the north end [HST image reveals this is a giant star-forming region]. The galaxy appears to spread or bulge
out with a faint extension on the southwest side [the HST image shows this is a
series of HII/star-forming clumps].
This highly disrupted galaxy lies 8' NE of mag 9.0
17.5" (11/6/93): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 1.8'x0.8', broad low concentration but no nucleus. NGC 207 is in the field 9' ESE and NGC 210 lies 27' NE.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, fairly small, weak
concentration, elongated 2:1 N-S, lies 27' SW of
R.J. Mitchell probably discovered NGC 178 = LM 1-7 on 7 Dec 1857 as the observer on Lord Rosse's 72". He stated "about one field of finder [26'] south, and a few seconds preceding, is another neb., faint, E nearly n s, no nucleus." Dreyer assumed this description applied to GC 108 = NGC 207, but the north-south elongation clearly applies to NGC 178, which is 18' S, though 1.4 minutes of RA to the west. Yann Pothier caught this correction in March 2020.
Ormond Stone made an independent discovery on 3 Nov 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"F, S, mE 0°, bM, faint wing south-preceding." His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 1.5 min of RA too far west but his description and sketch (examined by
Harold Corwin) matches this galaxy. Stone was credited with the discovery in
the NGC. Finally, Stephane Javelle
discovered NGC 178 again on 26 Aug 1892, assumed it was new based on position
and listed it as the 28th object in his first discovery paper (J. 1-28, later
The galaxy was described as "sausage shaped with a tail south", in the 1924 list of "nebula" descriptions at Helwan observatory.
******************************
00 37 46.1 -17 50 57; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 113°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round. Forms a double with a mag 14.5 star just 25" NNW of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 179 = LM 2-290 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position matches
******************************
00 37 57.7 +08 38 06; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 160°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, bright core. A mag 11 star is at the NW edge 39" from the center.
13.1" (12/7/85): faint, small, elongated NW-SE. A mag 10.5 star at the NW edge detracts from viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 180 = H. III-876 on 29 Dec 1790 (sweep 991) and logged "vF, pL, irregularly round, just S.f. a small star which is partly involved in the nebulosity." Auwers' reduction was 1° off in North Polar Distance, though the NGC position was just 2' N.
******************************
00 38 23.2 +29 28 21; And
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 151°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1
NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.15'. Located 2.7'
SSW of
18" (10/21/06): faint, small, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 0.5'x0.2'. In a trio with NGC 184 4' ESE and NGC 183 2.7' NE. A mag 12 star lies 1.5' SE
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, small, round,
diffuse. First of three with NGC
183 2.7' NE. Located 10' N of 30
Andromedae (V = 4.4). Member of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 181 = St. 13-6, along with with NGC 183 and 184, on 3 Nov 1877. His published position (list 13, #6) was reduced on 6 Oct 1883.
******************************
NGC 182 = UGC 382 = MCG +00-02-095 = CGCG 383-045 = PGC 2279
00 38 12.4 +02 43 43; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 75°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
slightly elongated, 1.0'x0.8', sharply concentrated with a very bright round
core. Located 3.6' SE of mag 7.7
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 4' SE of mag 7.6
Brightest in the large NGC 182 group (sometimes called the NGC
200 group) including
William Herschel discovered NGC 182 = H. III-870 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and logged "vF, S, irregularly round, very gradually brighter middle." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 183 = UGC 387 = MCG +05-02-035 = CGCG 500-057 = PGC 2298
00 38 29.3 +29 30 40; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
24" (9/15/12): fairly bright, moderately large, round, 50" diameter, well concentrated with a bright core increasing to a very small bright nucleus. Brightest and largest in a group including NGC 181 2.7' SSW, NGC 184 4.1' SSE and LEDA 1871091 (very low surface brightness edge-on) 5.2' NNE. A mag 12.4 star lies 3.2' S. It was easy to locate this group as it is situated just 12' N of mag 4.4 Epsilon And.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, round, very
small bright nucleus, 40" diameter.
Based on the listed dimensions, I missed a very low surface brightness
halo and viewed the high surface brightness core. Forms the NW vertex of a triangle with a mag 12 star 3' S
and a mag 13 star 3' E. Brightest
in a trio with NGC 181 and NGC 184 close south.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core. Located 12' N of 30 Andromedae (V = 4.4). Brightest of three in AGC 71 with NGC 181 2.7' SW and NGC 184 4.1' SSE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 183 = Sf. 65 = St. 13-7 on 5 Nov 1866 with the 26" refractor at Dearborn Observatory and simply called a "neb. * 13m." Édouard Stephan also found the galaxy on 3 Nov 1877 (perhaps aware of Safford's discovery?). He reported it as new in his 13th discovery list (#7) with a micrometric position measured on 6 Oct 1883. Stephan was credited with the discovery in the NGC as Safford's discovery list wasn't published until 1887, after the NGC was going to press. William Herschel recorded nearby Epsilon And on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266), but missed NGC 183.
******************************
NGC 184 = CGCG 500-059 = PGC 2309
00 38 35.8 +29 26 51; And
V = 14.8; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 5°
24" (9/15/12): faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 24"x12", slightly brighter core. Faintest in a trio with NGC 181 3.1' NW and NGC 183 4.1' NNW. Bracketed by a mag 12.4 star 1.6' WNW and a mag 13.5 star 50" E.
18" (10/21/06): very faint, very small, elongated 3:2 N-S, 24"x16". Situated between a mag 13 star 0.9' E and a mag 12 star 1.6' WNW. In a trio with NGC 181 3' NW and NGC 183 4' NNW. Located 8' N of mag 4.4 Epsilon (30) Andromedae.
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1' E. Third of three in AGC 71 cluster with NGC 183 4.1' NNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 184 = St. 13-8, along with NGC 181 and NGC 183 (discovered earlier by Truman Safford), on 6 Oct 1883. His position was accurate.
******************************
NGC 185 = UGC 396 = MCG +08-02-010 = CGCG 550-009 = PGC 2329
00 38 57.2 +48 20 15; Cas
V = 9.2; Size 11.7'x10.0'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 35°
24" (9/14/12): Hodge V is the brightest globular cluster in NGC 185, first identified by Paul Hodge in his 1974 paper "Photometry of the Globular Clusters of NGC 185" (PASP, 86, 289). At 325x and 450x it appeared as an extremely faint star (V = 16.7), forming the southern vertex of a small equilateral triangle with a mag 14.5 star 20" N and a mag 15 star 20" NW. This extragalactic globular was repeatedly glimpsed for brief moments and a couple of times it could be held for a few seconds. Situated 3.8' NE of the center of NGC 185 and outside the visible halo of the galaxy.
17.5" (10/13/90): bright, very large, slightly elongated ~E-W, broad concentration but no nucleus. Three mag 14 stars are at the W, NW and SW ends. Higher surface brightness than NGC 147. The brightest globular is located 8' N of center and is a marginal object at high power (see description). This is a satellite system of M31 and a Local Group member at a distance of 2.15 million light years.
8" (10/4/80): fairly faint, fairly large, diffuse, NGC 147 58' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 185 = H. II-707 = h35 on 30 Nov 1787 (sweep 786). He recorded "pretty bright, very large, irregularly round, very gradually much brighter middle, resolvable, 5 or 6' diameter."
The first observation at Birr Castle on 28 Mar 1848 reads "Resolved by a power of 800, although the night was rather hazy." This is a good example of how preconceptions that nearly all nebulae were resolvable influenced the results. James Keeler first photographed the galaxy using the Crossley reflector at Lick before 1900. It was described (1918 Curtis publication) as "rather irregular slightly oval, 3' long; there are two curious rifts near the nucleus; it appears to be an irregular spiral. The nebular matter is faint and diffuse. A star of mag 14 is north of the very faint nucleus."
In 1944 William Baade announced that NGC 185, along with NGC 147, were members of the Local Group (1944ApJ...100..147B) when they were resolved into stars on plates take with the 100-inch at Mt Wilson. In an unusual situation, Baade requested that an actual photographic print of NGC 185 was bound in his ApJ paper to demonstrate resolution, as detail was lost with an ordinary halftone illustration.
******************************
NGC 186 = UGC 390 = MCG +00-02-098 = CGCG 383-047 = PGC 2291
00 38 25.3 +03 09 59; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 23°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 40"x20".
Sharply concentrated with a very bright round core and bright stellar nucleus. Situated just north of the line
connecting a mag 6.4 star 14' W and a mag 7.4 star 12' E. Located on the west side of the NGC 182
group.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, stellar
nucleus. Located between mag 6.4
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 186 on 6 Dec 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was noted as "much smaller than alpha (NGC 194), and is suddenly brighter in the middle and I think a nova." Heinrich d'Arrest made an independent discovery on 23 Sep 1862 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. d'Arrest measured an accurate position. Édouard Stephan made another observation on 29 Oct 1875, while working through the galaxy group.
******************************
00 39 30.3 -14 39 23; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 148°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 5:2 NW-SE, even surface brightness. Located 30' SSE of NGC 178.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 187 = LM 1-8 on 3 Nov 1885 with
the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and he logged "F,
S, mE 150°, bM." His rough
position is 1 min west of
******************************
00 47 15 +85 14 49; Cep
V = 8.1; Size 14'
17.5" (12/26/00): At 100x, ~75 stars resolved within
10'-12', roundish group. The
cluster is fairly rich but unconcentrated, with a noticeable void of stars near
in the center and a somewhat ill-defined boundary. The stars appear to be layered; at least a dozen mag 12-13
stars are superimposed on a much richer carpet of mag 14-15 stars over
unresolved haze. At 220x, some
additional very faint stars are visible, bringing the total up to ~85 stars. Two mag 9.5-10 field stars (
NGC 188 is one of the older known open clusters with an age of ~6.3 billion years and the closest to the north celestial pole.
13.1" (8/24/84): about 50 stars at 62x with several mag 7-9 stars in field, appears fully resolved.
8" (8/24/84): large cluster, many faint stars, not rich, blank areas near center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 188 = h34 on 3 Nov 1831 and recorded a "Cl, vL, p Rich, 150-200 stars mag 10-18; more than fills the field." The Sky Catalogue 2000.0 gives a poor position of 00 44.0 +85 20.
******************************
00 39 36 +61 05 42; Cas
V = 8.8; Size 4'
24" (1/4/14): well detached, roundish group of stars at 125x. Using 260x, ~40 stars are resolved in a 5'-6' group. There are several pairs and tight groupings. Many of the stars are in a richer 3' inner group, generally arranged in a ring and including HJ 1043 = 11.6/12.7 pair at 12" (oriented N-S). A few of the brighter stars, though, form the 6' outline. A distinctive quadrilateral of stars is ~6' NW.
17.5" (12/23/92): 30 stars mag 10-14 in 6' diameter, weakly compressed, no dense areas but appears to have some unresolved background haze. Elongated E-W due to a couple of strings extending to the west. A 6'x5' parallelogram of four mag 9 stars in the field to the south. Not an impressive cluster.
8" (11/13/82): about two dozen stars, moderately large, irregular shape, scattered, haze.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 189 = h36 on 27 Sep 1783,
along with
******************************
00 38 54.7 +07 03 46; Psc
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
48" (10/25/11):
18" (8/26/06): this double system was just resolved into two very close, small knots, roughly 20" each in diameter with their halos in contact. Both components have faint stellar nuclei. The northern component (HCG 5A) was slightly brighter and larger. HCG 5C is a difficult object 1' NW. The entire quartet is arranged in a N-S chain with a total length of only 1.6'.
18" (11/23/05): NGC 190 is a double system which often appears as an elongated glow, 40"x20", oriented N-S. With careful viewing, the system just resolves into two very small round knots, just 20" between centers. The northern component is ~20" diameter and the southern member ~15". The two knots both have faint stellar nuclei and appear virtually tangent. A third member, HCG 5C, is occasionally visible as an extremely faint knot off the NW side.
17.5" (12/11/99): Initially seen as a single faint, elongated glow at 220x. At 280x in moments of good seeing this object cleanly resolved into two very close, very small knots with the brighter component on the north side. HCG 5C was only intermittently visible with averted vision as a 15" threshold knot.
17.5" (9/5/99): NGC 190 is a challenging double system
best viewed at high power. Using
280x, at first appeared as an elongated irregular glow but with extended
viewing, two "knots" oriented N-S were resolved within a common
halo. The brighter and larger
component (HCG 5A) is at the north end and appears very faint, very small,
round, 20" diameter. The
southern component (HCG 5B) is extremely faint and small, perhaps 15" diameter. HCG 5C is a threshold knot 1' NW. The HCG is a subgroup of
17.5" (10/8/88): very close double system, faint,
small, elongated SSW-NNE, irregular.
HCG 5B is a very small companion attached at the south edge just
22" between centers. In a
compact group of four (
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 190 = Sw. 5-8 on 22 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 6 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 38 59.3 -09 00 09; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 125°
17.5" (9/17/88): close double system with
William Herschel discovered NGC 191 = H. II-479 = h38 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and logged "pB, mE nearly in the meridian, near 2' long". Sir Robert Ball, using Lord Rosse's 72" on 12 Dec 1866, recorded "One neb, with either 2 stars or B, S, neb knots very closely foll - cB, pL, R, bM, two pB st preceding." One of these "knots" is IC 1563, although discovery credit is given to Bigourdan in the IC. The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
00 39 13.5 +00 51 49; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 167°
18" (11/23/05): moderately bright, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.3' or 1.0'x0.3'. Well concentrated with a small very bright core that
increases to a stellar nucleus.
Brightest in the
17.5" (10/8/88): brightest of four in the HCG 7 group. Moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated NNW-SSE, bright core. NGC 197 lies 2.1' NNE, NGC 196 3' N and NGC 201 5' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 192 = H. III-872 = h39, along with NGC 196 and NGC 201, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and logged "vF, vS, bM." John Herschel made 5 observations and measured an accurate position.
******************************
NGC 193 = UGC 408 = MCG +00-02-103 = CGCG 385-055 = PGC 2359
00 39 18.5 +03 19 52; Psc
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 55°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40"x32", sharply concentrated with a very bright, very small core. A mag 13 star is barely off the SW edge and a mag 10 star is 2.6' ESE. NGC 204 is 6.7' ESE (on line with the mag 10 star).
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, very small, round, sharp concentration. Located 2.6' WNW of a mag 10 star (9.9/10.6 at 2"). A mag 13 star is off the west edge. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 204 7' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 193 = H. III-595 = h37 on 21 Dec 1786 (sweep 657). He recorded "very faint; small; 3 or 4 stars in it, but I have not been out long enough [he had just started observing this night], however I have no doubt." Only 25 seconds later, Herschel logged a second object: "very faint, very small, but I have not been out long enough, any may be a deception." His offset from NGC 193 clearly matches NGC 204, though likely due to his uncertainty it wasn't catalogued.
William's RA for NGC 193 was off, so his son John thought his own observation (recorded as h37) was new: "very faint; large; close to a *15. RA by III. 595, which this precedes 25.5 seconds." Birr Castle assistant R.J. Mitchell observed the galaxy on 24 Nov 1854 and noted "Not L; R; bM; a bright star close sp; resolvable?"
******************************
NGC 194 = UGC 407 = MCG +00-02-105 = CGCG 383-054 = PGC 2362
00 39 18.4 +03 02 14; Psc
V = 12.2; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, fairly small, slightly out of round, ~35"x30". Sharply concentrated with a very bright, very small core and stellar nucleus. A mag 7.4 star is 6' NNW. Near the center of the NGC 182 group with several galaxies near; NGC 200 is 10' SSE, NGC 199 is 7' NE and NGC 186 is 15' NW.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 5' S of mag 7.3 SAO 109348! Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 199 6' NE and NGC 200 10' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 194 = H. II-856 = h40 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "F, S, very gradually brighter middle." John Herschel called it "pB; S; R; bM."
******************************
00 39 35.8 -09 11 41; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
24" (12/1/16): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 0.5'x0.4', weak concentration.
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, very small, elongated ~E-W, weak concentration.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 195 = T. 1-2 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position was 0.4 min of RA west and 5' north of MCG -02-02-079 = PGC 2391. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 16 Dec 1897 (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 196 = HCG 7B = UGC 405 = MCG +00-02-110 = CGCG 383-053 = LGG 010-003 = PGC 2357
00 39 17.8 +00 54 46; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 3°
18" (11/23/05): moderately bright, small, fairly high surface brightness. Sharply concentrated with a bright, very small core surrounded by a much fainter oval halo 3:2 N-S, ~0.6'x0.4'. Second brightest in the HCG 7 quartet with NGC 192 3' SSW and much fainter NGC 197 1' SSE.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a very close pair with NGC 197 1' SSE in the HCG 7 group. NGC 192 lies 3' SSW and NGC 201 5' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 196 = H. II-860 = h41, along with NGC 192 and NGC 201, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988). He noted "pF, pS, very gradually brighter middle." John Herschel made 4 observations. MCG mislabeled this galaxy as NGC 197.
******************************
NGC 197 = HCG 7D = UGC 406 = MCG +00-02-107 = CGCG 383-053 = LGG 010-006 = PGC 2365
00 39 18.8 +00 53 31; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
18" (11/23/05): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. This galaxy is the smallest and faintest in the HCG 7 quartet and was missed by William and John Herschel.
17.5" (10/8/88): extremely faint, very small, almost round. Member of the HCG 7 group and located 2.1' NNE of NGC 192. Forms a close pair with NGC 196 1' NNW and NGC 201 lies 4' SE. Appears fainter than 14.2z.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 197 = m 14 on 16 Oct 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, s of 196." His position matches
******************************
NGC 198 = UGC 414 = MCG +00-02-109 = CGCG 383-057 = LGG 009-003 = PGC 2371
00 39 23.0 +02 47 52; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
24" (12/12/17): at 200x; fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, 60"x50", large bright core. Slightly higher surface brightness than NGC 200 6' NNE. Two mag 12 stars 3.5' N and 4.5' N are collinear with the galaxy. A mag 9.9 star is 5.3' SSE.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration. Located within the NGC 182 group with NGC 200 6' NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 198 = H. II-857 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "F, S, very gradually brighter middle". At the same time he found H. II-858 = NGC 200 to the northeast. Herman Schultz, Heinrich d'Arrest and Basilius von Engelhardt all measured accurate micrometric positions.
******************************
NGC 199 = UGC 415 = MCG +00-02-111 = CGCG 383-058 = PGC 2382
00 39 33.1 +03 08 19; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 160°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; fairly faint or moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, sharply concentrated with a very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Situated 5' E of a mag 7.3 star and 7' NE of NGC 194. Member of the NGC 182 group.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated NNW-SSE, small bright core. Located 5' E of mag 7.3 SAO 109348 within the NGC 182 group. NGC 194 lies 6' SW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 199 on 24 Sep 1862 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen and described (from 3 observations) "faint and small. A mag 8 star precedes 27 sec and somewhat south." Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's (Lawrence Parsons) assistant, found this galaxy on 11 Dec 1873 and logged "cF, L neb." Édouard Stephan made another observation at the Marseilles observatory on 29 Oct 1875.
******************************
NGC 200 = UGC 420 = MCG +00-02-112 = CGCG 383-060 = PGC 2387
00 39 34.8 +02 53 15; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 161°
24" (12/12/17): at 200x; moderately bright or fairly bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, 60"x40", broad concentration but no distinct nucles. One of the brightest members of the NGC 182 group. NGC 198 lies 6' SSW. A 1' pair of mag 12.4 stars oriented N-S lies 3'-4' SW.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 198 6' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 200 = H. II-858, along with NGC 198, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "pB, S, very gradually brighter middle." Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's assistant on 17 Sep 1873, logged "cB, L, considerably elongated north-south, gradually brighter in the middle." There was a confusion, though, in the orientation with respect to NGC 198. The NGC position (from d'Arrest and Herman Schultz?) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 201 = HCG 7C = UGC 419 = MCG +00-02-115 = CGCG 383-059 = LGG 010-004 = PGC 2388
00 39 34.9 +00 51 35; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 155°
18" (11/23/05): NGC 201 is the largest member of the HCG 7 quartet. At 225x appears faint, fairly large, round, ~1.6' diameter, low nearly even surface brightness with only a very weak concentration. Located 5' E of NGC 192.
17.5" (10/8/88): largest in the NGC 192 group = HCG 7. Faint, moderately large, diffuse, even surface brightness, slightly elongated NW-SE. Last of four including NGC 192, NGC 196 and 197.
William Herschel discovered NGC 201 = H. III-873 = h43, along with NGC 192 and NGC 196, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and recorded "eF, cL. I should not have seen it but for the other two [III-872 = NGC 192 and II-860 = NGC 196]." On 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), John Herschel recorded "vF; L; E; 60". The last of 3 on the parallel of the first."
******************************
00 39 39.8 +03 32 11; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 153°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; faint to fairly faint, fairly
small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 13.6 star is off the east side [42"
from center] and a mag 15-15.5 star is at the NNW tip. Located 7' SSW of mag 7.6
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, elongated NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is at the east edge 0.7' from center. Located 7' S of mag 7.8 SAO 147387. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 203 5' S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 202 = St. 8a-1 on 29 Oct 1875. His rough position was 5' too far W. His published position (list 8a, #1) was made on 17 Nov 1876 with description "eF, vS, a few faint points (stars) involved". One star is at the N end.
******************************
NGC 203 = NGC 211 = MCG +00-02-114 = CGCG 383-061 = PGC 2393
00 39 39.5 +03 26 34; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 85°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, oval E-W, 30"x20", fairly high surface brightness, quasi-stellar nucleus. In the NGC 182 group with NGC 193 8.6' SW, NGC 204 8.6' S and NGC 202 5.6' N.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval E-W, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 202 5' N.
Ralph Copeland, assistant for Lord Rosse (Lawrence Parsons),
discovered NGC 203 on 19 Dec 1873.
It was found while observing the field of NGC 193 and 204. His micrometric position matches
******************************
NGC 204 = UGC 423 = MCG +00-02-116 = CGCG 383-063 = PGC 2397
00 39 44.2 +03 17 58; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 30°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately or fairly bright,
fairly small, round, 25" diameter, well concentrated with a small bright
core that mildly increases towards center.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Located 4' ESE of a mag 9.5 star. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 193 7' WNW.
William Herschel made the first observation of NGC 204 = h42 on 21 Dec 1786 (sweep 657). Just 25 seconds after discovering H. III. 595 (later NGC 193), he logged "very faint, very small, but I have not been out long enough [he had just started observing that night], any may be a deception." His offset from NGC 193 clearly matches NGC 204, but it wasn't catalogued and Herschel was uncredited in the GC and NGC.
John Herschel made an independent discovery on 16 Oct 1827:
"pretty bright; round; the following of 2 [with
******************************
00 40 22.0 +41 41 07; And
V = 8.1; Size 21.9'x11.0'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 170°
13.1": bright, very large, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE,
10'x4', quite prominent but only a gentle broad concentration. G73, the brightest globular cluster in
8" (10/4/80): fairly bright, large, elongated ~N-S, companion to M31.
Charles Messier discovered M110 = NGC 205 = H. V-18 = h44 on 10 Aug 1773 and made a sketch showing M31 and its two companions, though he didn't mention it in his three catalogues. He first published a description in 1798 and the sketch was published in 1807. Kenneth Glynn Jones suggested adding NGC 205 as M110 in a 1967 Sky & Telescope article.
Caroline Herschel independently discovered M110 on 27 Aug 1783 with her 4.2-inch comet-seeker reflector. She entered it as #9 in her discovery log and described "about 1/2° preceding and a little north of Mess. 31, a nebula, there are many stars besides in the field, but these two are rather largest." William observed M110 on 24 Oct 1783, just before starting his sweeps. Observing with his 18.7", he first observed H. V-18 (later NGC 205) in his 18.7" on sweep 282 (5 Oct 1784), when he was observing off the meridian to the east. On 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 613), he called it "vB, mE, above 20' long nearly in the meridian; a few degrees from np to sf, the branches lose themselves." Again a week later on 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 621), he logged "eB, mE. I suppose not less than 1/2° long and 10 or 12' broad.; very gradually much brighter middle; so as to come to a luminous nucleus. The time very inaccurate, the telescope being off the roller, and only guided by hand." William wrote In his 1785 Philosophical Transactions paper, "there is a very considerable, broad, pretty faint, small nebula near it; my sister discovered it, August 27th, 1783, with a Newtonian two-feet sweeper. It is not the 32d of the Connoissance des Temps.." Caroline was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
M110 was observed with Lord Rosse's 72" on 2 Nov 1850 and "spirality" was suspected (falsely). A later observation on 16 Oct 1855 recorded "vL; mE np by sf; sharp nucleus, for some distance round which, the neb. is bright and then suddenly decreases; there is a bright star np the nucleus; and another involved in sf end; another in preceding border.”
******************************
00 40 31.4 +40 44 16; And
Size 4.2'x2'; PA = 0°
24" (8/25/19): quite prominent, very large elongated patch, extending 4'x2' N-S. A number of faint stars were easily seen superimposed. A brighter, narrow "spine" stands out well with the general star cloud. NGC 206 can be traced further SSW, where it merges with Association 79, a very large 6'x2' cloud of lower surface brightness oriented SSW-NNE. Association 80 is a 3' patch directly south of NGC 206 by 7' and has 3 brighter stars superimposed on the north side. This patch also includes C107, a 5" open cluster on its south side.
48" (11/1/13): Using Jimi Lowrey’s 48-inch f/4, we carefully examined the large association NGC 206 for resolved stars using the finder chart in Stephen Odewahn's 1987 study "A photometric survey of the rich OB association NGC 206 in M31”. I assumed using a labeled photographic chart it would not be difficult to identify individual stars, but his chart failed to capture the range in visual brightness of the Milky Way and cluster stars. As a result I had to carefully verify small patterns of stars (triangle, quadrilaterals, etc.) several times to feel confident of the identifications. After several minutes of observation, I had identified the 6 or 7 brightest members down to V = 17.6, as well as the superimposed Milky Way stars. The brightest “star" (Odewahn #12 at V = 16.1) at the north edge was relatively prominent, but most were in the mag 17-17.5 range.
Finally, I stopped carefully scrutinizing individual stars, relaxed my eyes and just gazed at the entire star cloud with averted vision. I was startled that in moments of good seeing, roughly 20 additional extremely faint stars popped in and out of view, mimicking the appearance of a dense open cluster or partially resolved globular cluster! Based on photometry in the paper, the magnitudes of the resolved stars extended down to approximately V = 18.3-18.4. The cloud, itself, was quite irregular and split up into several slightly brighter patches.
Checking journal articles afterwards, I found that Odewahn #12 (= BH05) was not a single star but was listed as a globular cluster candidate (M31GC J004030+404530) in Barmby & Huchra’s 2001 paper "M31 Globular Clusters in the HST Archive: I. Cluster Detection and Completeness”. But the 2010 paper "A Photometric catalog of 77 newly-recognized star clusters in M31” by Paul Hodge described the results of an HST WFPC2 search for star clusters in active star-formation regions of M31. BH05 was reclassified as a luminous and massive young cluster with an unusually elliptical shape. In addition, Odewahn’s #40 and #112 (and perhaps others) are also clumps of stars or clusters, but visually were essentially stellar.
17.5" (8/18/93): fairly faint, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 4.0'x1.6', low and uneven surface brightness. A few very faint stars are just visible over surface including a brighter star at the south tip. Located 40' SW of the core of M31. This is the huge star cloud at the SW end of M31.
8" (12/6/80): very faint, moderately large, elongated N-S, low surface brightness patch near the SW end of M31.
William Herschel discovered NGC 206 = H. V-36 = h45 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 613). He recorded "very faint, very large, much elongated, about 20' long nearly in the meridian [N-S], or a little from np to sf." His orientation is accurate, but the size estimate was much too large! Caroline assumed it was a new discovery but according to Wolfgang Steinicke, William's first observation was made on 5 Oct 1784 (sweep 282), while observing off the meridian to the east. He logged "a streak of milky nebulosity, horizontal, or part of the 31st Nebula." An accurate position couldn't be determined in this orientation. John Herschel simply called it "a very large space filled with neb.”
E.E. Barnard independently discovered NGC 206 in 1883 and assumed it was new. On 14 Sep 1885 he reported [AN 2687], "about two years ago, I found with my 5-inch refractor, a moderate size nebula involved with the extreme preceding end of the Great Nebula in Andromeda. I have now confirmed the observation with the 6-inch Cooke Equatorial and as I can find no record of such nebula I suppose it is new." Barnard quickly caught his mistake and credited Herschel the next month [AN 2691]. Interestingly, Barnard also reported discovery of the M31 association A54 on the opposite end of M31, though for some reason Dreyer didn’t assign this object a NGC designation.
******************************
NGC 207 = MCG -03-02-035 = PGC 2395
00 39 40.6 -14 14 13; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 85°
24" (9/30/16): at 282x; fairly faint/moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:3 E-W, 25"x15". A mag 14 star is close southwest [separation 38"]. NGC 178 is 8.7' NW and IC 41 is 3.8' N. A mag 9.5 star lies 4.4' SE.
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, elongated 3:2 E-W,
25"x15". A mag 14.3 star
is just 40" SW of center.
Located 4.4' NW of mag 9.2
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 207 on 29 Oct 1877 as the observer on Lord Rosse's 72". He wrote, "About 35 seconds preceding and 25' ± south [of NGC 210] is [NGC 178], very faint, S, lE p f, much brighter middle to a nucleus, stellar, 5' nnf a coarse double star 10-11 and 12m. A very insignificant object." The description applies, as well as the time difference (actual value 32 seconds preceding) in RA although the galaxy is 5' NNW of the coarse double star instead of NNE as stated.
Dreyer assumed R.J. Mitchell's description from 7 Dec 1857 referred to NGC 207, but as it mentions the object is elongated N-S, it more likely applies to NGC 178. Ormond Stone independently discovered NGC 207 at Leader-McCormick Observatory on 3 Nov 1885 and reported it as new (LM 1-9) in the observatory's first discovery list.
IC 41 (discovered by Javelle) lies 3.7' north, although MCG,
PGC and HyperLeda incorrectly equate IC 41 with NGC 207 (error also in
Megastar). RNGC misclassified NGC
207 as nonexistent and it was reported as not found at Helwan observatory in
1924 (though.
******************************
NGC 208 = MCG +00-02-118 = CGCG 383-064 = PGC 2420
00 40 17.6 +02 45 23; Psc
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; faint, small, round, 24"
diameter, low even surface with no nucleus. Three brighter stars follow; a mag 11.1 star 3.0' ENE, a mag
11.7 star 5' ESE and a mag 12 star 6' ENE. NGC 208 is one of the faintest NGC members of the NGC 182
group.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located west of four mag 11-13 stars that form a rhombus. The closest is a mag 11 star 3' ENE. Member of the NGC 182 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 208 = m 15 on 5 Oct 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "pF". His position is very close SE of CGCG 383-064 = PGC 2420. Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 29 Oct 1875. Initially he noted it as new in his logbook, but later crossed that out.
******************************
00 39 03.6 -18 36 30; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located 70' SW of Beta Ceti.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 209 = LM 1-10 on 9 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is ~1.4 min of RA east of
******************************
NGC 210 = MCG -02-02-081 = PGC 2437
00 40 34.8 -13 52 28; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 5.0'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 160°
24" (11/21/19 and 10/17/20): at 322x; the central region is very bright, moderately large, oval 5:3 ~N-S, 1.2'x0.7'. Contains an intense roundish core that gradually increases to the center. With averted vision, a very large, low surface brightness halo - more easily visible on the south side - increased the size dramatically to nearly 4'x2'. Often the halo seemed like a ring as there was a dip in brightness surrounding the brilliant central region. Although there was hint of structure, the arms were not evident. The halo passes through a mag 12.6 star on the west side [1.2' from center].
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated ~NNW-SSE, small very bright core. A mag 11.5 star is close WSW [1.3' from the center]. Located 7' E of mag 8.3
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round. A mag 9 star is 7' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 210 = H. II-452 = h46 on 3 Oct 1785 (sweep 451) and recorded "pB, pS, mbM, resolvable, star 1.5' distant". His position is 30 tsec too far west.
R.J. Mitchell, LdR's observer on 7 Dec 1857, logged "bright centre; much elongated north and south, arms vF." Francis Leavenworth independently found the galaxy on 2 Oct 1886 at the Leander-McCormick Observatory and included it in the LM first discovery list (#11).
******************************
NGC 211 = NGC 203 = MCG +00-02-114 = CGCG 383-061 = PGC 2393
00 39 39.5 +03 26 34; Psc
See observing notes for NGC 203.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 211 = St. 8a-2 on 29 Oct 1875 (rough position 3' to the WNW). He reported it as new (list 8, #2) based on a position taken 18 Nov 1876, but there is nothing (other than a faint star) near his position. Corwin found that Stephan misidentified his offset star (GSC 0014-1250 at 00 40 43.5 +03 28 05) so his position for NGC 211 was 20' E of NGC 203. When his offsets are reapplied they point directly to NGC 203, discovered three years earlier by Ralph Copeland. So, NGC 211 = NGC 203, with the original discovery going to Ralph Copeland. Emmanuel Esmiol did not catch Stephan's error when his rereduced Stephan's positions at the Observatoire de Marseille, so the position is incorrect in his 1916 paper.
******************************
00 40 13.3 -56 09 11; Phe
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 131°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): NGC 212, along
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 212 = h2336 on Oct 28 1834 and recorded "vF, S, R, 15", the preceding of two [with h2337 = NGC 215]".
******************************
00 41 10.0 +16 28 09; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. A mag 13.5-14.0 star is off the SE edge 26" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 213 = H. III-200 on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289) and logged "2 small stars with nebulosity between, verified with 240 power." His position is accurate. On 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 590) he noted "2 small stars with faint nebulosity, most of the chevulure is about the preceding star; the stars are within 1/2' of each other."
******************************
00 41 28.0 +25 29 58; And
V = 12.3; Size 2.2'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 35°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated SW-NE, brighter core, faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 214 = H. II-209 = h47 on 10 Sep 1784 (sweep 264) and recorded "vF, pL, irregularly round, equally bright, r." R.J. Mitchell (LdR's assistant) observed the field on 3 Nov 1855 and noted, "I find 3 neb, perhaps 4, as in annexed sketch. A is oval, and I think resolvable; and has a star at np edge." Mitchell goes on to describe 1 or 2 additional nebulae in the field, but these are either stars or close doubles.
******************************
NGC 215 = ESO 150-019 = PGC 2451
00 40 48.9 -56 12 51; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): this is the
brightest member of AGC 2806. Appeared moderately bright or fairly bright,
moderately large, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, well concentrated with a bright core
that increases to the center. NGC
212 (just barely inferior) lies 6' NW.
Located 4' NE of mag 10
John Herschel discovered NGC 215 = h2336 (along with NGC 212 = h2336) on Oct 28 1834 and recorded "pF, S, R, 20", the following of two [with NGC 212]." On a later sweep he logged "F, R, very gradually brighter middle; among stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 41 27.1 -21 02 44; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 27°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, fades at tips.
William Herschel discovered NGC 216 = H. III-244 = h49 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 330) and noted "eF, vS, E." John Herschel logged "eF; lE; nf to sp." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
00 41 33.8 -10 01 20; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 110°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small. This is a pretty edge-on 4:1 WNW-ESE with a small bright core and stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 217 = H. II-480 = h48 = Sw. 4-4 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). He recorded "faint, pretty large, little elongated, little brighter middle." John Herschel observed NGC 217 on 14 Dec 1830 (sweep 310) and noted "not vF; S; gradually brighter in the middle; 10-15"." Lewis Swift found this galaxy again on 9 Aug 1886 and reported it as new in his 4th discovery list (#4). His position was 15 seconds of RA too large, a similar offset as other objects he observed that night.
In his comprehensive book on William Herschel observations, Wolfgang Steinicke mentions that Herschel made an early observation ("nebula north preceding 17 Ceti") on 24 Dec 1783 (sweep 62), but didn't catalogue the observation, probably due to an insufficient position.
******************************
00 46 31.9 +36 19 32; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 177°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x: moderately bright and large,
irregularly round, ~0.8' diameter though the halo increases in size and shape
with averted vision. A brighter
nucleus is offset to the east side of the galaxy, so could be mistaken for a
knot in the halo. Forms an
interacting pair (
CGCG 519-022 was fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 0.4'x0.2', very weak concentration. The SDSS reveals numerous thin, blue arm segments of NGC 218 that are apparently tidally stretched towards CGCG 519-022.
17.5" (9/1/02): fairly faint, fairly small, irregular shape and surface brightness, 1.0' diameter, broadly concentrated. Forms the right angle of a small isosceles triangle with two mag 13.5-14 stars 1.4' N and 1.3' W. Forms an interacting pair with MCG +06-02-017 1.4' E. The companion is very faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.5'x0.25'. Member of the Pisces-Perseus Supercluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 218 = St. 8a-3 on 19 Oct 1873
and logged an initial position only 30" E of center of
I checked Emmanuel Esmiol's 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions at Marseilles Observatory and found that NGC 218 was left off of the main tables, but replaced with an "Anonymous" galaxy using a delta RA of +4 min from the same offset star. This offset corresponds exactly with UGC 480. At the bottom of the page Esmiol added the note "wrongly identified as NGC 218." So, clearly NGC 218 = UGC 480. Harold Corwin and Wolfgang Steinicke agree with this analysis. Wolfgang notes in his book on the history of the NGC, that Esmiol's catalogue gives 4 discoveries of Stephan that did not receive NGC designations, but he missed this connection with NGC 218. This identification has now been incorporated into NED, although it is still incorrect in HyperLeda (as of 2013) as well as the NGC/IC Project, which has not been updated in a long time.
******************************
00 42 11.3 +00 54 16; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, extremely small, slightly
elongated. A mag 12 star is 1.1'
SSW of center. Located 3.7' NNW of
George Phillips Bond, director of Harvard College
Observatory, discovered NGC 219 = HN 1 on 16 Sep 1863 at Harvard College
observatory with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor. His position and description matches
******************************
00 40 30.6 -73 24 11; Tuc
V = 12.4; Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round,
~50" diameter, brighter nucleus.
There was no resolution except for a single faint star near the
center. A mag 11 star lies 1' NE
and just south of
James Dunlop discovered NGC 220 = D 2 = h2338 on 1 Aug 1826. He described (single observation) a "faint ill-defined nebula, about 1 1/2' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is just involved in pretty strong margin [edge] of the Cloud." His position is 3.6' NW of NGC 220 and the comment "rather branched" suggests he may have seen both NGC 220 and 222 as a single elongated object. Herschel assigned D 2 to NGC 231 = h2340 (also in the chain), but it has a lower surface brightness and less likely to have been noticed.
John Herschel observed NGC 220, along with NGC 231, on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) and recorded "F, very gradually brighter middle, irregular figure." In Sep 1835 (sweep 625) he wrote "The first of an irregular string of nebulae and stars which descends at an angle of about 45 degrees from the centre to the edge of the field (i.e. in a north-following direction)." Harold Corwin notes that h2339 (later NGC 222) may be a 4th observations of this cluster (see notes).
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (first of 14 objects) with the Melbourne telescope and called it "pB, irr, pS, little brighter middle, amidst stars."
******************************
00 42 41.9 +40 51 53; And
V = 8.1; Size 8.7'x6.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 170°
24" (11/24/14): extremely high surface brightness, large, elongated at least 4:3 NNW-SSE, ~5'x3.5'. The large halo is highly concentrated to a small very bright core. The core itself is sharply concentrated to a very small, very bright nucleus punctuated by an intense stellar nucleus.
13.1" (8/24/84): very bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, about 4'x3', increases to small very bright core which is almost stellar. Located 24' S of the center of M31.
8" (8/24/84): very bright, moderately large, round, 24' S of M31.
15x50mm (7/26/06): an intense "star-like" core is surrounded by a small halo in my IS binoculars.
Guillaume Le Gentil discovered
William Herschel first observed M32 with his 18.5" on 5 Oct 1784 (sweep 282), while observing off the meridian to the east. The position could not be determined accurately, but it was catalogued as I-54. A correction was made later when Caroline realized it referred to M32. A late observation was made on 26 Dec 1813: "A very bright, round nebula, very gradually brighter to the middle up to a nucleus." John Herschel recorded (1 Oct 1828), "eB; pL; suddenly brighter in the middle to a * 10m; 40"; a small star follows it 11.5 seconds."
******************************
NGC 222 = ESO 029-004 = Lindsay 24
00 40 44.5 -73 23 03; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 0.6'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): second and the smallest of three SMC clusters in a string with NGC 220 1.5' SW and NGC 231 2.5' NE. At 228x, it appeared as a fairly faint, small, round glow of ~30" diameter, unresolved. A mag 11.5 star lies 30" south.
John Herschel discovered NGC 222 = h2339 on 11 Apr 1834 and simply recorded "vF, R, outlying." His position, though, is unusually poor - landing 3.7' S of NGC 220. Since h2339 was only recorded on the single sweep 441, Harold Corwin suggests this number may be another observation of NGC 220, which was recorded on 3 later sweeps, but not the one on 11 Apr 1834! As NGC 220 is much more prominent than the smaller cluster taken as NGC 222, it seems unreasonable that Herschel would have missed NGC 220. On sweep 625, Herschel recorded NGC 220 as "The first of an irregular string of nebulae and stars which descends at an angle of about 45 degrees from the centre to the edge of the field (i.e. in a north-following direction)". It's very possible that the cluster taken as NGC 222 was one of these "string of nebulae and stars" as it is just 1.5' NE of NGC 220, so perhaps he did see the cluster on this date. See Corwin's notes for more on this identification.
James Dunlop's D 2, discovered on 1 Aug 1826, probably refers to this chain. He described a "faint nebula, about 1 1/2' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is involved in the margin of the Nebula minor." His position is ~3.5' WNW of NGC 220/222 and may apply to NGC 220 (brightest cluster) only. Herschel assigned D 2 to NGC 231 = h2340, which is likely incorrect due its low surface brightness.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (second of 14 objects) with the Melbourne telescope and called it "pB, roundish, pS little brighter middle, amidst stars."
******************************
NGC 223 = IC 44 = UGC 450 = MCG +00-02-129 = PGC 2527
00 42 15.8 +00 50 44; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 62°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 219 3.7' NNW. Located close to the midpoint of a mag 11 star 2.8' SE and a mag 12 star 3.0' NW that is just south of NGC 219.
George Phillips Bond discovered NGC 223 = HN 7 = Au 4 = Sw.
6-5 on 5 Jan 1853. It was found
with the 15-inch Merz refractor during the Harvard Zone observations of stars
near the celestial equator. He
noted a round nebula, between stars #131 and 132 and measured the dec, but not
the RA. The discovery was listed
as #4 in Auwers 1862 list of new nebulae, though the RA was only given to the
nearest minute of time. Heinrich
d'Arrest independently discovered the galaxy on 1 Jan 1862 and assumed it was a
new discovery. He added a note of
Bond's earlier discovery in his 1865 catalogue of new nebulae. Lewis Swift made another discovery
(list VI, #5) on 21 Nov 1886.
Finally Swift "discovered" it again on 12 Nov 1890, and
described Sw. 10-1 (later
******************************
00 42 44.1 +41 16 08; And
V = 3.4; Size 191'x62'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
17.5" (7/5/86): the remarkable "Andromeda galaxy" is very bright, extremely large, very elongated 4:1 SW-NE, about 2.5° length. Very large bright core containing a stellar nucleus using direct vision. There are two black parallel dust lanes along the NW side of the core. The galaxy extends beyond the star cloud NGC 206 located about 40' SW of the core.
18": a total of 38 globular clusters have been tracked down in M31 as well as 9 star clusters.
8" (number observations starting in 1980): amazing at 50x with a prominent dust lane along NW side, stellar nucleus.
Persian astronomer Abd-al-Rahman Al-Sûfi first mentioned M31
= NGC 224 = h51 in his "Book of Fixed Stars" (964 AD) as the
"Little Cloud" lying before the mouth of a Big Fish (an Arabic
constellation). Surprisingly,
Tycho Brahe didn't mention M31 in his star catalogue (nor Hipparchus or Bayer),
which included 6 nebulous objects (only real one was
William Herschel first observed M31 with his 6.2" reflector on 6 Aug 1780 ("has no star in it"). But using the same scope on 2 Aug 1783 he noted, "227x, a strong suspicion of stars. This speculum has not light enough. I doubt not but 20 feet will confirm it. 460x, suspicion still stronger." He was obviously mistaken on the resolvability. Herschel also noted the nebula "begins to shew a faint red colour." Perhaps he detected a slight hue to the nuclear region (red giants), though this seems unlikely and he described many globular clusters, as well as double stars, as having a faint red color. In 1826 John Herschel wrote, "At present it has not, indeed, a star, or any well-defined disk in its center, but the brightness, which increases by a regular gradation from the circumference, suddenly acquires a great accession, so as to off the appearance of a nipple as it were in the midd, of very small diameter (10" or 12")...Its nebulosity is of the most perfectly milky absolutely irresolvable kind, with the slightest tendency to that separation into flocculi above described in the nebula in Orion..."
The quasi-stellar nucleus was observed by Johann Lamont on 13 Oct 1836 with a 10.5-inch refractor at Munich Observatory and measured as 6.9" diameter. George Bond made a remarkable sketch in 1847 using the new 15-inch Harvard refractor, showing two sharply defined dust lanes, a stellar nucleus and M32 and M110 embedded within the halo of M31. He mentioned "a sudden interruption of light, appearing like a narrow, dark band, in which the eye could detect no deviation from perfect straightness, streating, in the direction of the axis of the nebula, entirely across the field of view; exterior to this, with respect to the axis, was another band or canal..." Bond also traced the major axis to a length of 4°. Leopold Trouvelot produced a beautiful sketch of the dust lanes in 1874 at the Harvard College Observatory.
The spiral nature, though, was first revealed in photographs by Isaac Roberts in 1888 with a 20-inch reflector (reproduced in many publications) and E.E. Barnard in 1890 with the 12-inch refractor, though neither used in the word "spiral" in their papers. Roberts speculated wildly on the nature of M31, suggesting it was a "new solar system in the process of condensation from a nebula" and the two companions, M32 and M110, were "already undergoing their transformations into planets."
Ernst Hartwig discovered the first extragalactic supernova near the center of M31 on 20 Aug 1885 with the Dorpat Observatory's 9.6" Fraunhofer refractor. SN 1885A = S And reached mag 5.85 and faded to mag 14 a half a year later. The brightness (if a nova) seemed evidence that M31 was relatively nearby (within the Milky Way). In 1899, though, German astronomer Julius Scheiner obtained a spectrum using a 7.5 hour exposure and found "No traces of bright nebular lines are present, so that the interstellar speace in the Andromeda nebula, just as in our stellar system, is not appreciably occupied by gaseous matter." He further stated "previous suspicion that the spiral nebulae are star clusters is now raised to a certainty, the thought suggests itself of comparing ..our stellar system, with especial reference to its great similarity to the Andromeda nebula." This added strong support for the "island-universe" theory.
In 1919 Knut Lundmark obtained a distance of 650,000 light years based on the brightness of M31 novae, implying an extragalactic nebula. But in the early 1920's Adriaan van Maanen claimed he measured internal displacements on photographs taken 12 years apart that showed rotation or motion outward along the spiral arms, implying a close distance and small diameter. The Island Universe question was effectively ended when Hubble identified a Cepheid variable (V1) in M31 on a plate taken October 5-6, 1923 and derived a distance of 930,000 l.y based on the Period-Luminosity relation. In 1929 he obtained a distance of 900,000 l.y. based on a large number of Cepheids.
In 1943-44, while the Los Angeles area was in a World War II blackout, William Baade first resolved the central region of M31, M32, M110 as well as NGC 147 and NGC 185 using the 100-inch at Mount Wilson. He identified two distinct populations of stars based on their metallicity, naming young, high-velocity stars in the disk as Type I and older red stars in the bulge as Type II. The differences in Population I and II Cepheids modified the P-L relation and increased the distance by 2.5x.
******************************
NGC 225 = Cr 7 = OCL-305 = Lund 25 = Sailboat Cluster
00 43 35 +61 46; Cas
V = 7.0; Size 12'
24" (1/4/14): bright, large, scattered group of ~50 stars in 10' group. Includes 15-18 brighter stars that stand out (mag 9.5-11). A ragged N-S string of stars defines the eastern border of the cluster. There are no rich subgroups and a lack of faint stars.
A detached group of stars is off the north side, but these
stars do not appear to be part of the cluster.
17.5" (11/2/91): about two dozen stars at 100x in a 12' diameter. Bright but scattered. Outline forms an isosceles triangle with the vertex at west edge and the long base on the east side. Most stars are mag 10-11 and evenly spaced. The cluster appears completely resolved. Only one fairly close double star in group. Just ENE of the main group is a line of five mag 9 stars oriented N-S.
8": two dozen stars in a cluster, fairly bright but scattered, no dense spots.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 225 = H. VIII-78 = h52 on 27 Sep 1783, along with NGC 189, with her 4.2" comet seeker reflector. She described "about 2° from Gamma Cas, making an isosceles triangle with Gamma and Kappa, a small cluster of stars, seeming to be intermixed with nebulosity." She observed it again a few times, including 30 Oct 1783 and 23 Feb 1784, and entered it as #11 and possibly #15 (based on different observations) in her discovery log, according to Wolfgang Steinicke.
William Herschel first observed the cluster on 12 Mar 1784 before he began sweep 165 and called it "a cluster of coarsely scattered large stars, seeming to contain many smaller...7 ft [6.2"] power 57. 20 large stars. Carolina found it Sept. 27, 1783." On 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887 with his 18.7"), he recorded "a good many coarsely scattered L stars of an equal size, they take up a space of 15 or 20'."
******************************
00 42 54.0 +32 34 52; And
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (9/1/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 ~E-W, 0.6'x0.45', very weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is just off the
south side, 30" from the center.
Located 11' ESE of mag 8.5
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small,
irregularly round, bright core, irregular surface brightness. A mag 14 star is 30" S. Located 7' NE of mag 9.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 226 = h53 on 22 Nov 1827 and
logged "eF; S; R; has a 13m to south, dist 20"." His position and description matches
******************************
00 42 36.8 -01 31 43; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 155°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, very small bright core or stellar nucleus?
13.1" (9/29/84): compact galaxy elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, small prominent nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 227 = H. II-444 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "F, pL, little brighter middle." The micrometric position from Engelhardt in the NGC is accurate.
******************************
00 42 54.5 +23 30 12; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (10/13/90 and 10/20/90): faint, small, almost
round, weak concentration. In a
tight quadruple group with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 228 = St. 10-1, along with NGC 229, on 3 Oct 1869 (single unpublished position between the pair). His published micrometric position was made on 10 Oct 1879.
******************************
NGC 229 = MCG +04-02-049 = CGCG 479-064 = PGC 2577
00 43 04.6 +23 30 33; And
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (10/13/90 and 10/20/90): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, stellar nucleus. In a quadruple group with NGC 228 2.5' W and CGCG 479-065 9' ESE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 229 = St. 10-2, along with NGC 228, on 3 Oct 1869 (single unpublished position between the pair). His published micrometric position was made on 10 Oct 1879.
******************************
00 42 27.1 -23 37 44; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 1.1'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 44°
24" (12/22/14): extremely faint to very faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~20"x10", low surface brightness. Requires averted and concentration, but clearly visible ~25% of time.
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely tough, very small object
that I suspected on a couple of pops.
My field sketch shows it situated just south of the midpoint of two
stars oriented NW-SE [separation 1.5'] and it seemed extended SW-NE
(perpendicular to the line connecting the stars). This matches the DSS image, so I probably finally detected
this galaxy. Located 6' SW of NGC
232 and 8' SW of the double system
17.5": negative sightings on 12/3/88, 10/21/95 in thin clouds and 12/20/95.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 230 = LM 2-291, along
with
******************************
NGC 231 = ESO 029-005 = Lindsay 25
00 41 06.4 -73 21 08; Tuc
V = 12.7; Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared as a moderately large, low surface brightness hazy region with an irregular outline, ~2' diameter. A few mag 14 stars were resolved. Last of three open clusters with compact NGC 222 2.5' SW and NGC 220 4.0' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 231 = h2340 on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep
482) and recorded "an irregular train of stars and nebulosity in the
Nubecula Minor. (Evidently that referred to in sweep 625 [NGC 220])." His
position falls very close to the cluster taken as NGC 231 (
Herschel suggested h2340 might be equivalent to D 2, but Dunlop likely saw only NGC 220 or both NGC 220 and 221, which he described as "a faint nebula, about 1.5' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is involved in the margin of the Nubecula Minor."
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster of 16 Dec 1887 (third of 14 objects) with the 48" Melbourne telescope and called it "eeeF, very small thin nebulosity around a minute star. Two or more stars near."
******************************
NGC 232 = ESO 474-015 = MCG -04-02-040 = VV 830 = PGC 2559
00 42 45.7 -23 33 41; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 171°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 24" diameter, weak concentration. NGC 235/235B lies 2.0' NE and NGC 230 is 6' SW.
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration. Forms a trio with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 232 = LM 2-292, along
with NGC 230 and 235, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position essentially matches
******************************
00 43 36.6 +30 35 13; And
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus, diffuse outer halo, no distinct edges.
William Herschel discovered NGC 233 = H. III-149 = h54 on 14 Oct 178 (sweep 266) and logged "eF, vS, R." R.J. Mitchell, assistant to Lord Rosse's on 22 Nov 1854, recorded "pB, vS, R, a F* v close preceding??". There is a very faint star close west of the core.
******************************
00 43 32.4 +14 20 33; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, moderately large, irregularly round, broad concentration, faint nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 234 = H. II-245 on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289). He logged "F, pS, irregular oval." On 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 590) it was called "pB, cL, gradually much brighter middle." Dreyer made a detailed observation at Birr Castle on 8 Nov 1876: "pB, pL, irregularly round, seems with higher power to have two points of condensation, p and f, the f. one the brighter. I think the p one is a S * involved. Lord Rosse thought it resolved." A mag 16.3 star is at the west edge and the following "point of condensation" probably refers to the nucleus. The NGC position is 2.5' too far south.
******************************
NGC 235 = ESO 474-016 = MCG -04-02-041 = PGC 2569
00 42 52.8 -23 32 29; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 117°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; NGC 235A, the brighter northwest component of this interacting double system, appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 24" diameter high surface brightness, bright core increases to a very bright stellar nucleus. NGC 235B is attached on the southeast side and appeared fairly faint, small, 12" diameter, round, very small brighter nucleus. The pair of galaxies are separated by just 20" between centers!
17.5" (12/3/88): the western member of this double system appeared faint, very small, round, small bright core. The eastern component, attached at the following end, appeared extremely faint and small, round. Forms a double with NGC 232 2.5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 235 = LM 2-293, along
with NGC 230 and 232, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position is 0.3 min of RA east of
******************************
00 43 27.5 +02 57 30; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 160°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 SW-NE, fairly low even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is off the NE edge 1.4' from center. Located roughly 1 degree east of the large NGC 182 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 236 = m 16 on 3 Aug 1864 using
Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta and recorded "vF, pL". His position is 1.5' N of
******************************
00 43 27.9 -00 07 30; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, brighter core.
13.1" (12/7/85): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, weak concentration.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 237 = Sf. 94 = Sw. 6-76 on 27 Sep 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. His discovery list was not published until 1887, so Dreyer was unable to credit him in the NGC. The galaxy was independently found by Lewis Swift on 21 Nov 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and catalogued it as #6 in his 6th discovery list, though his position was 16 seconds off in RA. Swift is credited with the discovery in the NGC. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver.
******************************
00 43 25.5 -50 10 57; Phe
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 93°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly bright, moderately large, roundish, ~1.5' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A weak central bar extends NW-SE from the nucleus.
Subtle structure was evident in the halo with slightly
enhanced regions. A slightly
brighter patch is on the northwest and west side (images show this part of an
inner ring) and an extremely faint "star" is superimposed [25"
NW of center]. The DSS2 image
reveals this is either a bright knot or possibly an interacting companion. In 1981ApJS...46...75A
("Spectroscopic Measures of Galaxies, Their Companions, and Peculiar
Galaxies in the Southern Hemisphere"), Arp identifies this object as a
companion galaxy as well as Madore in the 2007 paper "The Curious Case of
John Herschel discovered NGC 238 = h2341 on 2 Oct 1834 and
recorded "eF, pL, R, gradually very little brighter middle,
50"." His position
matches
******************************
00 44 37.4 -03 45 34; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 28°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, broad concentration. A mag 12 star is 2.6' E of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 239 = LM 1-12 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 1' S of MCG -01-03-007 = PGC 2642. Ormond Stone's "corrected" position, given in the IC 1 notes, is 1.1 tmin too far E. In the IC 2 notes section, Max Wolf states the original NGC position was correct!
******************************
00 45 01.9 +06 06 47; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, oval 4:3 ~E-W, small bright core. A mag 14 star is 1.2' SSE of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 240 = Sw. 5-9 on 22 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "vF; S; R; * nr
south". His position is 9 sec
of RA east of
******************************
00 43 34 -73 26 36; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 0.9'
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 241 = h2342 on 12 Aug 1834 and described "a very F, R nebula or group (We are now fairly in the Nubecula Minor, and field begins to be full of faint perfectly irresolvable nebulous light." There is nothing at his sinngle Cape of Good Hope position but 10' N is h2343 (later NGC 242). Herschel caught this error and corrected the NPD in an errata list at the end of the CGH catalogue, though apparently he didn't notice the nearly identical positions. Since Herschel only observed NGC 241 on a sweep where NGC 242 was not recorded, Harold Corwin (as well as ESO and Eric Lindsay) equate NGC 241= NGC 242. Since NGC 242 refers to his first observation it should be the primary designation. See Harold Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 242 = NGC 241 = ESO 029-6 = Lindsay 29
00 43 34 -73 26 36; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 0.9'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
282x, this SMC cluster appeared fairly bright, slightly elongated E-W,
0.8'x0.6'. A faint star is at the
west end and another faint star or clump of stars is at the SE end. A pair of mag 12.5/13 stars lies 2.5'
SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 242 = h2343 on 11 Apr 1834 and recorded "pL; vF; R; very gradually brighter middle; (in a sweep below the pole and ill seen) the RA is probably also in error. On a second sweep he recorded "a binuclear nebula, or two, vS, R, running together." Finally on a third sweep he noted "a small irresolvable knot in the bright part of the Nubecula Minor." NGC 241 = h2343, recorded in Aug 1834, is a duplicate observation (see notes).
Interestingly, Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (as well as numerous other SMC clusters) with the 48" Melbourne telescope and logged it as two objects (labeled as "D" and "E") "almost forming a double nebula". The main NW clump was called "pB, very small, nebulous star" and the SE knot as "pB; eeS; nebulous star very close to D. I believe two minute stars in D and one in E which makes the objects sparke, many stars in the field." This matches Herschel's description of "a binuclear nebula, or two..." SIMBAD labels the NW clump as NGC 241 = Kron 22w = Lindsay 29w and the SE clump as NGC 242 = Kron 22E = Lindsay 29e and NGC 241/242 is listed as a star cluster pair in 2000A&AS..146...57D.
******************************
00 46 00.9 +29 57 34; And
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 145°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 1.4' E of a mag 10.5 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 243 = St. 12-6 on 6 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position 2' SSE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 18 Oct 1881 and recorded "Faint, very small, round, gradually brighter middle, *10 precedes by 6 seconds [of time]."
******************************
00 45 46.7 -15 35 50; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, small bright core. Located 3.5' NNW of a mag 10.5 star. A tight trio of mag 14.5 stars is 8' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 244 = H. III-485 = h55 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and logged "vF, S, iF, resolvable." The NGC position is just 1' too far N.
******************************
00 46 05.5 -01 43 22; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated ~E-W, stellar nucleus. A pair of stars mag 13.5 and 14.5 with a separation of 35" lie 1.5' S.
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, star superimposed or faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 245 = H. II-445 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and recorded "F, irregularly round, easily resolvable, 1' broad." The NGC RA is just 0.1 tmin too large.
******************************
00 47 03.3 -11 52 19; Cet
V = 10.4; Size 240"x210"; PA = 120°
48" (10/23/14): At 488x with an NPB filter the view of the Skull Nebula was breathtaking and all the structure in a detailed photograph was visible. The thin brighter rim varied in brightness, thickness and scalloped structure along its entire length.
The rim is brightest along a 60° arc on the western side, bulging inward just north of center, creating a small darker indentation in the rim due west of the prominent central star. Moving counterclockwise around the rim, a small brighter, elongated patch is at the northwest edge, close to a mag 11.5 star just outside the planetary. The rim is relatively weak along the north side, but two brighter (detached) patches are along the northeast side. An irregular, elongated luminous patch spreads inward here. This glow is fairly prominent just northeast of center, on line with the central star and the second interior mag 12 star (southwest of center). A second luminous patch is midway from the central star to the north rim. The rim is weakest overall along a 90° arc on the eastern side, near a mag 13.5 star, which is embedded just within the planetary. Two more luminous patches are visible at the south rim, with the westernmost glow both larger and brighter.
The interior is relatively dark, though glows weakly with subtle variations, creating pockets of darkness - one is northeast of the central star - and mild enhancements. A small diaphanous glow is just south of the mag 12 star on the southwest side. More extensive milky nebulosity extends inward from the southern rim, though the most prominent interior glow is the split nebulosity mentioned earlier on the northwest side.
33" (9/15/07): gorgeous annular planetary viewed at 200x. The thin brighter rim was striking and varied in brightness and thickness around the periphery. The rim is brightest along the western or WNW edge and weakest on the east side. The interior was darker but irregular in surface brightness.
18" (10/13/07): 175x gave an excellent view using the NPB filter and the thin, bright irregular rim (only dimming on the east side) and darker center was quite striking.
18" (8/23/03): I took a quick look at 160x from Chew's Ridge with a thin waning crescent low in the ENE. Without a filter I don't remember the brighter rim being so crisply defined and the annularity so clear. The superimposed stars gave the planetary a transparent, 3-dimensional feel as if I was seeing inside the object.
17.5" (1/8/00): at 100x, appears as a moderately bright, 3.5' irregular glow with a darker center and encompassing four stars including the 12th magnitude central star. Excellent contrast gain using an OIII filter, which sharpens up the edge of the roundish annulus and enhances the irregular surface brightness. The halo is brightest along a 270° arc running from SW to NE and is clearly weakest at the east edge of the halo. A mag 11.5 star is embedded at the NW edge of the halo 2.0' from center. The irregular central hole is much darker but faintly luminous. A mag 12 star is also superimposed southwest of the central star and a 4th star is just inside the eastern boundary. The central star forms a thin right triangle with the other two brighter stars. At 220x, the western 90° outer arc is brightest and there appears to be a knot embedded at the NE edge of the halo.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly bright, large, 4' diameter, annular. Four stars are involved including the central star. This planetary has an irregular surface brightness with subtle structure.
13.1" (many dates from 11/13/82 to 8/24/84): fairly bright with filter,
clearly annular, sharper edges.
8" (11/5/83): fairly faint, large, four stars involved. No annularity noted.
16x80 (8/24/84): faintly visible in finder.
80mm finder (10/13/07): visible unfiltered at 25x. Nice contrast gain using the NPB filter and the planetary also appears to increase in size.
William Herschel discovered NGC 246 = H. V-25 = h56 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478). He recorded "four or five pretty large stars forming a trapezium of 4 or 5' diameter. The enclosed space is filled up with milky nebulosity faintly terminated. The stars seem to have no connection with the nebulosity." Immediately afterwards he swept up the galaxy NGC 255, which is 25' NNE.
Isaac Roberts described NGC 246 as a spiral nebula based on an early photograph. In 1912 Knox-Shaw reported it was not a spiral, but "like the Owl nebula", based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector from 1909-11. Still Hardcastle later classified NGC 246 as a spiral nebula. Campbell (at Lick) and Paddock found the spectrum to be of a PN. Based on a Crossley photograph, Heber Curtis described (1918) "a somewhat irregular oval, brightest on western edge; 4'x3.5' in PA 120°. Periphery clear-cut, with a broken ring effect. Very faint, irregular matter in inner parts. The central star is bluish, and considerably brighter photographically than visually."
The 1973 "Revised New General Catalogue of Nonstellar Objects" (RNGC) reversed the sign of the declination (+), and this typo was copied into some amateur software and digital setting circles.
******************************
00 47 08.2 -20 45 37; Cet
V = 9.1; Size 21.4'x6.9'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 174°
48" (10/31/13): at 287x, NGC 247 spanned at least
18'x5' NNW-SSE and stretched from an HII region at the NNW tip to beyond the
mag 9.5 star (
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, very large, bright core,
elongated 7:2 N-S, 14'x4'. The
southern extension is brighter and mag 9
13.1" (8/5/83): fairly bright, diffuse, very large, bright core.
8" (10/4/80): very large, elongated ~N-S, bright core. A mag 10 star is at the south tip. The southern extension appears brighter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 247 = H. V-20 = h57 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) and logged "a Streak of light about 27' long, and in the brightest part, which was pretty bright is 3' or 4' broad. The extension nearly in the meridian (I believe a little from from S.p. to N.f.) ... The situation is so low, that it would probably appear of much greater extent in a higher altitude." His size estimate (27') was much too large but it was probably a difficult observation, with the large galaxy at an elevation of 16°. John Herschel also observed NGC 247 at Slough on 16 Sep 1830 (sweep 293) and noted "extremely faint; very large; very much elongated; very gradually little brighter middle; 10' long; pos 172.0 deg. Has no bright star in it, but a star 8.9 mag at some distance n.p." Surprisingly, he made no (published) observations at the Cape of Good Hope.
Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector, Heber Curtis described NGC 247 as "a faint, very large spiral, 18'x5' in p.a. 175°. Nucleus stellar; many almost stellar condensations. Whorls somewhat irregular, and indistinct." (1918)
******************************
NGC 248 = SMC-N13A/B = ESO 029-8
00 45 24.0 -73 22 47; Tuc
Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this fairly faint SMC nebulous cluster appeared as an irregular glow, 0.8'x0.6', elongated NW-SE. There was a good response using a UHC filter at 76x. One or two stars or knots are involved including a small nebulous knot at the southeast end (N13A). NGC 256 lies 8' SSE and NGC 242 is 9' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 248 = h2344 on 11 Apr 1834 and logged "very faint. Below the pole, and the sweep otherwise irregular." On a later sweep he recorded "faint, elongated or binuclear, small, very gradually a little brighter in the middle." His position matches the knot at the southeast end.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 Dec 1887 along with a number of other SMC clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He listed NGC 248 as two separate objects; the NW object (SMC-N13B) was labeled as "F" and called "pF; eeS a faint nebulous star" and the SE object was labeled as "G" (SMC-N13A) and described as "very close to F, almost forms a double nebula - this is a little brighter and larger than F. pB; vS; R; pmbM."
Annie Jump Cannon discovered the emission knot at the SE end in 1933.
******************************
00 45 33 -73 04 48; Tuc
Size 2.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): NGC 249 is the first of four
striking, collinear SMC nebulae and clusters with
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this SMC cluster with nebulosity appeared fairly bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, 1.3'x0.9', weakly concentrated. Two or three faint stars are involved including a mag 13 star just north of the center. The UHC filter produces a good contrast boost and increased the size to at least 2'. Forms a pair with NGC 261 4.5' ESE with NGC 242 18' S.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 249 = D 19 = h2346 on 5 Sep 1826 with his homemade 9" speculum reflector. He recorded "a small faint elliptical nebula - this is the preceding in a line of small faint nebulae." His position is just 3.7' N of this SMC nebula.
John Herschel recorded NGC 249 on 3 sweeps. In Sep 1835 (sweep 635), he remarked "faint, large, round; very gradually brighter in the middle; 2' across. Here begins a starry region of the Nubecula Minor." On 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738), he wrote, "pretty bright, pretty large, oval, resolvable, 2' diameter." Herschel noted that Dunlop's D 19 or 21 might be equivaent.
******************************
00 47 16.0 +07 54 36; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, almost round, faint stellar nucleus. Located in the center of a small right triangle consisting of two mag 13.5 stars 2.1' NE and 2.8' NE and a mag 12.5 star 2.7' S. Located 29' NW of mag 4.4 63 Psc.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 250 = Sw. 3-2 on 10 Nov 1885 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 17 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 47 54.0 +19 35 48; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 105°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; nearly moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated E-W, decent concentration with a bright core and faint halo that extends over 1'. The surface brightness seemed irregular like a face-on spiral (it is) and the periphery varied with averted vision. A mag 12.5 star is 1' NE of center and a 3.5" pair of mag 14.5 stars is just off the E edge. Located 10' E of mag 6.1 59 Psc.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 E-W, weak concentration. Enclosed by a small group of four mag 12-14.5 stars including a mag 12.5 star (close double) just 0.7' E. Located 9.5' E of 59 Piscium (V = 6.1).
William Herschel discovered NGC 251 = H. III-204 = h58 on 15 Oct 1784 (sweep 291). His description reads, "vF, S, s.p. 2 vS stars, a third star in it but not in the center, and I suppose is not connected with it. 240 verified it." On 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 635) he logged "vF, S, little brighter middle, just preceding two stars are in the same meridian." John Herschel recorded "vF; R; follows a *6.7 40s and is 1.5' north of it. It is near 2 v s st. If this be III 204, my father's polar distance is 5' wrong."
******************************
00 48 01.5 +27 37 26; And
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
large slightly elongated halo, bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest and first of three with NGC
258 3.2' NE and
William Herschel discovered NGC 252 = H. II-609 = h59 = h60 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and logged "pB, S, irregularly round, gradually brighter in the middle." John Herschel made 4 observations under h59 and a 5th observation listed as h60.
Both Herschels missed
******************************
00 47 33.1 -25 17 17; Scl
V = 7.2; Size 27.5'x6.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 52°
48" (10/23/14): although I've viewed NGC 253 several previous times with Lowrey's 48", I'm always amazed by the spectacular view as the mottled galaxy explodes into numerous bright knots, dusty patches, dark lanes and luminous star associations. Using a 21mm Ethos (232x), NGC 253 completely filled the 26' field. The central region of this starburst galaxy contains a blazing, nonstellar nucleus surrounding by an intense, elongated core with several bright patches around the periphery of the core (segments of the inner spiral arms). Just northwest and southeast of the nucleus are extremely bright sections of the core. Since the galaxy is only 12° from edge-on, many visible features extend parallel to the SW-NE major axis (PA = 52°).
A dark lane running SW-NE parallels the core just off its northern side. Close northwest and parallel to this dust lane is a very bright, fairly narrow arm, extending ~3' in length. Another thin arm (also running SW-NE) is to the southeast of the core with a prominent, very thin section ~3.5' SW of center, just southwest of a superimposed mag 12.5-13 star. Three smaller bright patches surround a superimposed star ~2.5' NE of the nucleus. The brightest and largest of these patches is close southeast of the star. Further northeast the surface brightness lowers in the outer portion of the galaxy, but it still appears curdled and blotchy. Several bright stars are near the periphery including a mag 9.3 star 6.2' SW of center and a mag 11.6 star 3.8' W of center. A brighter patch is ~3.5' WSW of center is near the latter star. Additional luminous patches are further out on the southwest end.
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): superb view at 152x and 303x with NGC 253 within 10° of the zenith. Much of the detail seen in Lowrey's 48" was visible, although the bright patches were not quite as contrasty. The nucleus is a very small region embedded in a very bright, elongated central region that is enhanced immediately south of the nucleus. A thin, luminous "arm" extends in the direction of the major axis near the north side. A long spiral "arm" is along the northeast flank of the galaxy, extending 5 or 6' in length. Three slightly brighter patches were noted to the northeast of the core close to a superimposed star (also marked in the 48" observation). A bright, elongated strip was along the southwest side, about 2.8' NNW of a mag 9.3 star near the southwest edge (6.2' from center).
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): stunning view in the 13mm Ethos at 264x although the galaxy overfilled the 23' field. The dust structure and knots were mesmerizing but I didn't take detailed notes.
17.5" (many dates 8/2/86 to 8/29/92): at 100x; very bright, very large, edge-on 6:1 SW-NE, 30'x5', at 100x. The galaxy exhibits only a weak central concentration to a small elongated core that is slightly larger than the visible knots. Remarkable dust structure and mottling visible particularly on the southwest extension and a dark lane runs along the north side. Three faint HII knots are visible near a superimposed star on the southwest side and a slightly brighter knot lies northeast of a star near the core.
13.1" (9/11/82): very bright, elongated 4:1 SW-NE, very mottled, dust lanes, dark patches, 30' diameter.
8" (10/4/80 and 9/11/82): very bright, large and elongated! Mottled appearance, 25'-30' diameter.
10x30mm IS binoculars: easily visible as an elongated glow.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 253 = H. V-1 = h61 = h2345 on 23 Sep 1783 from Datchet with her "small Newtonian Sweeper of 27 inches focal length [4.2" aperture], and a power of 30." She entered it as #10 in her discovery log and NGC 253 was the only galaxy she discovered. William then observed it in his 6.2" reflector and described it using 57x as a "nebulous spot lengthened out to a considerable extend from south preceding to north following ..."
William found it again just a month later (30 Oct 1783) while just starting to sweep horizontally with his new 18.7-inch (solo object in sweep 8). Initially he thought it was new, but after looking for his sister's nebula unsuccessfully, he realized it was the same object. He wrote, "On looking at the nebula a long while the suspicion of its consisting of stars grows stronger as it begins to put on a faintly mottled appearance." On 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467) he recorded "about 45' long and 7 or 8' br; cB, mBM. The place taken is that of the brightest part of it, where there is a small star visible, which however I suppose has no connection with the nebula. It makes an angle of 25 or 40° with the meridian, from sp to nf. The faint ends of it require much attention to be seen, and I believe extend much farther than I could trace them."
John Herschel recorded it from the Cape as "vvB; vvL; vmE; 30' long, 3' or 4' broad; has several stars in it; gradually much brighter middle to a centre elongated like the nebula itself. The nebula is somewhat streaky and knotty in its constitution and may perhaps be resolvable." A second observation in 1836 was logged as "vvB; vvvL; a superb object; 24' in length, breadth about 3'; pos = 143.8 very exact. Its light is somewhat streaky, but I see no stars in it but 4 large and one very small one, and these seem not to belong to it, there being many near." In the GC, he noted the position angle should read 54.5°. John Dunlop didn't publish an observation from Paramatta (near Sydney) as it lies a couple of degrees outside his northern declination cut off.
William Lassell sketched NGC 253 from Malta in November 1863 with his 48". His sketch included numerous dark lanes and rifts on the southwest side and a very irregular outline. Wilhelm Tempel's sketch with the 11" Amici refractor at Florence captures several small knots (brightest in the nucleus) and accurately depicts the surrounding star field and superimposed stars. The origin of the "Silver Coin" nickname goes back to at least 1964 (Time-Life International edition of "The Universe"), with the description "Silvery Coin of the flat Sc spiral NGC 253", though the 1962 edition published in the U.S. reads "Silvery Dollar ..."
******************************
00 47 27.6 -31 25 20; Scl
V = 11.7; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 137°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 NW-SE, very bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 5' SW of mag 7.1
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, small, elongated ~E-W, small bright nucleus. Located 5' SW of a mag 8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 254 = h2347 on 28 Sep 1834 and logged "vB, R, gradually much brighter middle, 40", has a star 8th mag 5' distant." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 255 = MCG -02-03-017 = PGC 2802
00 47 47.1 -11 28 07; Cet
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 15°
17.5" (8/16/93): moderately bright, fairly large,
elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 2.0'x1.6', broad mild concentration. A mag 14 star lies 2.5' ESE. Forms a pair with
13.1" (8/24/84): similar to previous observation but exhibits a weak concentration.
13.1" (11/5/83): moderately bright, fairly small, round, no noticeable concentration.
8" (8/28/81): faint, small, round. Located 25' NNE of NGC 246.
William Herschel discovered NGC 255 = H. II-472 = h62 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "F, pS." The previous object discovered in the sweep was the large planetary NGC 246.
John Herschel made a single observation, "vF; L; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 30"." In 1912 Harold Knox-Shaw identified this galaxy as an "spiral with many stellar condensations in the whorls", based on photographs taken with the 30" Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11.
******************************
NGC 256 = ESO 029-11 = Lindsay 30
00 45 54 -73 30 24; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 0.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright,
fairly small, roughly triangular outline, 30"-35" diameter, high
surface brightness, bright core, mottled.
A few faint stars were resolved.
A mag 9.7 star (
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, triangular or wedge-shaped, 30" diameter. Weakly concentrated with a slightly brighter core but there was no resolution. Located 1.9' SSW of mag 9.7 HD 4558, which detracts somewhat from viewing. NGC 248 lies 8' NNW and several clusters are within 15' including NGC 265 6' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 256 = h2348 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and described "not vF, S, R, has a star 9th mag Nf." On a second sweep he logged "F, S, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 40" south of a star 8th mag. (In Nubecula Minor)." His third observation reads "F, lE, 30", precedes a star 9th mag" and a fourth record states "F, S, R, 18"; a star 9th mag Nf."
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters, with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 256 (labeled as "H" as "follows G [NGC 248] by 30s and is 7' 20" south of it. pB, very small, sparkling, stars are in it - resolvable? Probably a group of close stars, only few - immersed in very faint nebulosity."
******************************
00 48 01.6 +08 17 48; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval 3:2 ~E-W, weakly concentrated but no core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 257 = H. II-863 on 29 Dec 1790 (sweep 991). He logged "pretty bright, little extended, gradually brighter middle, resolvable." John Herschel made no observations, though Stephan measured a position on 23 Aug 1871.
******************************
NGC 258 = MCG +04-03-005 = Holm 23d = PGC 2829
00 48 12.8 +27 39 26; And
V = 14.6; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 11 star is close WSW 40" from center. Second of three with NGC 252 3.2' SW and NGC 260 5.3' NE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 258 on 22 Dec 1848. This was his first discovery and he noted "3 nebulae in line, 2 of them novae." The field was observed no less than 7 times at Birr Castle, though the descriptions are sometimes contradictory and made under poor conditions. Stoney probably also discovered NGC 260 to the northeast (the 3rd nebulae), and it was also seen in 1854, though d'Arrest was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
00 48 03.2 -02 46 31; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 2.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/28/97): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 2.0'x0.7', broad concentration. Forms the vertex of a right isosceles triangle with a mag 11
star 3' SSE and a mag 11.5 star 3.4' WSW.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, bright core, stellar nucleus, pretty system. Forms a right angle with a mag 10.5 star 3' SSW and a mag 11.5 star 3.5' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 259 = H. II-621 = H. II-703 = h63 = h64 on 13 Dec 1786 (sweep 646). He recorded II.621 as "faint, elongated from np to sf, 1 1/2' long, little brighter middle." He found it again the following year on 11 Sept 1787 (sweep 756) and Caroline assumed it was new. As a result it was catalogued again as II. 703 (both numbers in his second catalogue).
Strangely, John Herschel also recorded the galaxy twice, as h63 (called a "Nova") and h64 = H. II-621. Heinrich d'Arrest noted the equivalence of both entries. See notes in the GC and NGC.
******************************
NGC 260 = UGC 497 = MCG +04-03-006 = CGCG 480-009 = Holm 23c = PGC 2844
00 48 34.6 +27 41 33; And
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated. A faint mag 14.5-15.0 star is close NE. This galaxy is the third of three with NGC 252 8.4' SW and NGC 258.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 260 on 22 Dec 1848 with LdR's 72" and recorded "3 neb in a line nff, p one = h59 [NGC 252], other two vF [NGC 258 and NGC 260], middle one [NGC 258] eF, vS, distance of extremes about 12'." Although NGC 260 = UGC 497 is 9' ESE of NGC 252, it is collinear with the other two, and most likely the 3rd nebula seen by Stoney. Another observation in 1854 also mentions "3 neb".
Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered NGC 260 on 27 Aug
1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His position matches
******************************
NGC 261 = SMC-N12A = ESO 029-12
00 46 29 -73 06 06; Tuc
Size 1.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; prominent, fairly large roundish glow, ~1.25' diameter, high surface brightness, surrounding a 13th magnitude H-alpha emission star (SK 9 = Lin 78). Excellent contrast gain adding a NPB (narrow-bandpass) filter yielding a superb 2' nebula, sandwiched between similar NGC 249 5' WNW and the stellar association Hodge 12 with nebulosity (SMC-N19). A number of stars are close east (part of the association) including three collinear mag 13.5-14 stars 2' E and a 4th mag 12.5 star 3' E.
SMC-N19 lies 5' ESE. At 244x it was a fairly faint, very large nebulous glow, ~3' diameter. With careful viewing an uncatalogued detached piece is sometimes visible to the NW (centered at 00 47.5 -73 05) and very faint nebulosity spreads to the southwest for a total diameter of 4' diameter. Unfiltered a 6' cloud of at least 50 mag 12.5-15 stars (Hodge Association 12) are involved with the nebula.
SMC-N30 lies ~11' ESE. At 244x unfiltered it was a fairly easy, fairly large, irregular curving or kidney-shaped nebula SW-NE, ~1.5'x0.8'. Unfiltered a couple of 14th magnitude stars are involved. Adding a NPB filter, the nebulosity was prominent and filled in to a more roundish outline.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this SMC HII region appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter with a single mag 13 star at the center (emission-line star Lin 78 = SK 9). A UHC filter produced a good contrast gain and increased the size to over 2'. A group of four stars follows including supergiant SK 13 (three brighter in a string and one faint star) and a number of faint stars are scattered nearby. Forms a similar pair with NGC 249 4.5' WNW. NGC 267 lies 12' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 261= h2349 = D 4 = D 21 on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a considerable condensation of the nebulous matter of an irregular figure in the margin of the bright part of the cloud, 2' or 3' diameter. His position is about 7' too far ENE, though the description probably applies to both NGC 249 and 261 and perhaps N19. His published description for D 4, though, is "faint round nebula, about 30" diameter." D 21 was logged on a drift on 5 Sep after recording D 19 = NGC 249, and described as a "small round faint nebula." His position was 3' too far N (same offset as NGC 249).
John Herschel made 3 observations, first logging it in Sep 1835 (sweep 625) as "very faint, round, gradually brighter in the middle, 2' across, resolvable." On 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738), he described it as "pretty bright, round, 60". Has a star 13th mag in centre. Occurs in a field illuminated by the Nubecular Minor and many stars." Herschel noted this object could be either Dunlop 3, 4 or 21.
******************************
00 48 47.1 +31 57 25; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (11/24/14): moderately bright, small, round,
dominated by a high surface brightness core that increases to the center, very
low surface brightness halo, ~25" diameter. Forms a pair with
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, small, round, bright core. Contains a faint stellar nucleus about 15th magnitude.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 262 = Sw. 2-10 on 17 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 15 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 48 48.4 -13 06 27; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, small, round, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 30" W.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 263 = LM 1-13 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is close to MCG -02-03-021 = PGC 2856.
******************************
00 48 21.0 -38 14 04; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 113°
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3
WNW-ESE, 0.4'x0.3'. Contains a
very small brighter core with direct vision. A group of 4 stars including mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 264 = h2350 on 30 Aug 1834 and noted "F, S, R, very small & very much brighter middle to a star 13th mag. A trapezium of large stars follows."
******************************
NGC 265 = ESO 029-14 = Lindsay 34
00 47 10 -73 28 36; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright, fairly large, irregular outline, ~1' diameter, mottled appearance, brighter on the north end. A few resolved stars occasionally sparkled. Three other clusters are within 6'; NGC 256 to the WSW, Kron 25 is 3.6' WSW and NGC 269 to the SE. A mag 9.7 star is 4.8' W and a mag 8.5 star is 9' E. Situated in a very rich field of faint stars with numerous HII regions and clusters to the north.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright and large, 1' diameter, round, fairly symmetrical appearance with no concentration. NGC 256 lies 5.7' WSW with NGC 269 6' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 265 = h2351 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and remarked "vF; situated on the edge of the Nubecula Minor." On a later sweep he recorded as "vF, R, 30 arcseconds."
Pietro Baracchi observed this SMC cluster, along with many others, on 16 Dec 1887 with the Melbourne telescope. He called it "pB; S; R, gradually brighter in the middle."
******************************
00 49 47.8 +32 16 40; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 3.0'x2.9'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located on the Andromeda border 4' N of mag 8.2 SAO 54174. Brightest in a large group (LGG 014).
William Herschel discovered NGC 266 = H. III-153 = h65 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and noted "vF, pL, lE, r, very little brighter towards the following side." John Herschel observed NGC 266 on 4 sweeps and 5 observations were made by Lord Rosse's assistants. On 18 Sep 1857 it was described as "S, pB disc, in vF haze of mottled nebulosity, which seems brightest in a line p and f." E.E. Barnard found NGC 266 in Feb 1889 while sweeping with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He described it as "R, 1' +/- or less, bM to faint nucleus of 13m."
******************************
00 48 02.9 -73 16 27; Tuc
Size 2.5'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x + NPB filter; bright, very large nebulous cluster, slightly elongated N-S, ~2'x1.6'. Removing the filter, several faint stars were peppered across the glow. Very good contrast gain using the NPB filter.
SMC-N25 is a separate 1' patch 2' NNE that appeared fairly bright (with the filter), moderately large, round glow, ~50" diameter. SMC-N28 is a very large, lower surface brightness patch (barely detached from NGC 267), ~1.5' diameter, centered ~2.3' ENE of NGC 267. On close inspection it was divided into two sections on the north and south side and weaker in the center. The southern section (SMC-N28A) was extended E-W and slightly brighter.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x this SMC cluster with nebulosity appears as a fairly faint, fairly large
irregular glow ~2'x1.4'. The
surface was grainy with a half-dozen mag 14 stars resolved (Hodge Association
15). There was a good response
using a UHC filter, which increased the size of the visible nebulosity. Collinear with two mag 10.5 stars ~6'
SE. A string of brighter stars to
the north heads east for 17' towards
John Herschel discovered NGC 267 = h2352 in the SMC on 4 Oct 1836 and recorded "a faint, pretty large, cluster of very small stars. It is the preceding knot (or centre of condensation) of the resolvable portion of the Nubecula Minor which fills the subsequent field and consists of irregularly scattered clustered stars 12...20th mag." His position is on the southwest side of the cluster/nebula.
Pietro Baracchi observed this nebulous cluster (labeled as "I prime" on 17 Dec 1887 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He logged it as "Cl; F; pL; very faint stars. Not observed last night."
******************************
00 50 09.4 -05 11 38; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 95°
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, fairly small, diffuse,
slightly elongated 4:3 ~E-W, weak concentration but no nucleus. Lies west of a group of four bright
stars including mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 268 = H. III-463 = h66 on 22 Nov 1785 (sweep 474) and logged "vF, pL, irr R, resolvable." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 269 = ESO 029-016 = Lindsay 37
00 48 21 -73 31 54; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 0.6'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, fairly large, round, 45" diameter. This SMC cluster contains a relatively large brighter core that appeared a little lively but showed no resolution. A mag 10.5 star is 3' SE. Kron 25, situated 3' NNW, appeared fairly faint, irregular glow, ~35" diameter, low surface brightness. NGC 269 is located in a rich SMC region with numerous clusters and nebulae to the north.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.6' diameter, weak concentration but no core or resolution. A 2.5' string of three stars follows by 2'-3' and a mag 11 star lies 3' SE. Situated in a rich SMC star field 6' SE of NGC 265.
John Herschel discovered NGC 269 = h2353 on 5 Nov 1836 in the SMC and described as "vF; S; R; 30"." His position is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 and 17 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters, with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 269 (labeled as "L") as "F ,S , R, gradually brighter in the middle. This follows K [Kron 25] by 21s and is 2' 40" south of it. A star 10m follows L by 64s and is 3' north of it."
******************************
00 50 32.4 -08 39 07; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 25°
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 SW-NE,
bright core, almost stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 270 = H. III-955 on 10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1086). He logged "considerably faint, very small, irregularly round." His position is accurate, though nearby NGC 277 was missed.
******************************
00 50 41.9 -01 54 37; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.1'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated NW-SE, small bright core.
Mag 8.4
William Herschel discovered NGC 271 = H. II-446 = h67 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and noted "F, S, E, milky; about 1 1/2' preceding a pB star." On 13 Dec 1786 (sweep 646) he noted "pB, R, mbM, about 1' sp a bright star." John Herschel logged "Not vF; R; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 30"; a star 8-9m follows."
******************************
00 51 25 +35 49 18; And
V = 8.5; Size 5'
17.5" (9/26/92): 9 stars in a 5' diameter forming a "hook" asterism. Includes a mag 9 star and a close double star. Appears to be fully resolved and only an unimpressive, scattered asterism.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 272 on 2 Aug 1864 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His single position points directly to this group of stars. It is listed in the 4th edition of the Gosta Lynga catalogue but was removed from the 5th edition. Visually it appears to be a scattered asterism.
******************************
00 50 48.4 -06 53 08; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 105°
24" (10/5/13): moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, ~48"x16". Contains a very small brighter core. A mag 14 star is off the NW edge by ~20". NGC 272/274 = Arp 140 lies 11' SSE.
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W. A mag 14 star is off the NW edge, 42" from center. NGC 272/274, a contact pair of galaxies, lies 11' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 273 = H. III-430 on 10 Sep
1785 (sweep 435) and noted "vF, vS.
This precedes the former [
******************************
NGC 274 = Arp 140 NED1 = VV 81a = Holm 26b = MCG -01-03-021 = LGG 015-002 = PGC 2980
00 51 01.9 -07 03 28; Cet
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 155°
24" (10/5/13): bright, round, fairly small, 0.6'
diameter, sharply concentrated with a small intensely bright core that
gradually increases to the center, but no nucleus. This is the brighter but smaller component of a striking
double system (
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, small, compact, very small bright core. Forms a close pair with NGC 275 1' SE.
8" (11/13/82): faint, very small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 274 = H. III-429 = h69 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435), although he only noted a single object as "vF, pS, E."
The pair was observed 8 times with Lord Rosse's 72-inch. On 3 Oct 1856, assistant R.J. Mitchell's wrote, "69 [NGC 274] is S, B, R, with bright nucleus; 70 [NGC 275] is F, E and patchy. Suspect formed of two knots involved in faint nebulosity; there appears to be a nebulous connexion between them all." On 15 Nov 1857, Lord Rosse experimented with a silvered secondary (the speculum secondary was covered with a thin silver layer) and noted "silvered mirror shows the object brighter than before, but no new details.”
******************************
NGC 275 = Arp 140 NED2 = VV 81b = Holm 26a = MCG -01-03-022 = LGG 015-002 = PGC 2984
00 51 04.5 -07 03 56; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
24" (10/5/13): at 375x appeared moderately to fairly bright, elongated 5:3 NW-SE, ~45"x27". Very unusual patchy, irregular appearance! A brighter elongated N-S patch (or arm) is on the east end. Also the southwest border is slightly brighter with a sharp, curving edge. This edge is more prominent at the NW end of the galaxy, where it merges with NGC 274 just northwest.
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, fairly small, diffuse, even surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 274 1' NW.
8" (11/13/82): faint, very small, round.
John Herschel discovered NGC 275 = h70 on 9 Oct 1828 and logged "A fine double neb; the preceding only seen by my father. pB; S; suddenly much brighter middle. The f is vF; S; R; pos = 60°; dist of centres 40". The neb join at borders." Also see the observations using Lord Rosse's 72" under NGC 274.
Based on a photograph taken at the Helwan observatory with the Reynolds reflector in 1927-31, NGC 275 was described as an "irregula nebula with 4 pB stellar knots, and one vF knot involved. These knots are joined together in the form of an "M", the preceding side of which curves round and extends as far as NGC 274."
******************************
00 52 06.5 -22 40 49; Cet
V = 14.9; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 90°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, very small, 20"
diameter. This is a threshold object
and can just glimpse at moments.
No details visible including shape but detection repeated several
times. View hampered by mag 7.6
Frank Muller discovered NGC 276 = LM 2-294 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and he noted a "*11,
position 0° [North] Delta 3.2'."
His position is 1.2 min of RA west of
******************************
NGC 277 = MCG -02-03-028 = PGC 2995
00 51 17.2 -08 35 49; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, very small, round. A mag 11 star is just off the NW edge 50" from core.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 277 on 8 Oct 1864 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position and description of the nearby mag 11 star (52"
distant) is a perfect match with
******************************
00 52 04.3 +47 33 02; Cas
V = 10.8; Size 2.1'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.2
48" (10/27/16): at 610x and 813x; NGC 278 is extremely bright, large, the halo has a squarish appearance, ~1.4' diameter, high surface brightness. Very well concentrated with an intense round core that increases to the center. Sections of the two main thick spiral arms are visible, particularly along the north and south portion of the halo. Slightly darker lanes outline the inside of the arms. The inner arm sections are only noticed as subtle brighter patches. A well defined, small knot is on the east side of the halo [25" from center] and a second small knot is on the northeast side [23" from center]. These two star-forming complexes are catalogued as X-ray sources in NED. I also noted a third object at the NE edge, but at this position on the HST image is a very faint star.
17.5" (10/13/90): bright, moderately large, round,
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 3' S of mag 8.8
14.5" (12/17/20): fairly bright striking galaxy, moderately large, 1.25' diameter, high surface brightness, large bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. The halo has an irregular surface brightness, well defined periphery.
William Herschel discovered NGC 278 = H. I-159 = h71 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 644) and logged "very bright, round, very gradually much brighter middle, about 1.5' dia., about 1' south of a pretty considerable star." At the latitude of Slough, the galaxy transited the meridian just 5° from the zenith. On 30 Nov 1787 (sweep 786) he noted "considerably bright, round, very gradually brighter middle, about 1 1/2' dia.
Lord Rosse assistant R.J. Mitchell made an observation on 16 Oct 1855: "pretty bright, round, nucleus, light certainly patchy, but I can distinguish no stars in it. It is a right handed spiral?? I suspect a faint star cluster following the nebula."
******************************
00 52 08.9 -02 13 07; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 5°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 279 = H. III-439 = h73 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "vF, S, irr figure." John Herschel made two observations of NGC 279 at Slough.
******************************
00 52 29.9 +24 21 01; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 95°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 E-W, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is just off the SE edge 1.0' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 280 = H. III-477 = h72 on 5 Dec 1785 (sweep 484) and logged "vF, S, R, just preceding a vF star." This galaxy was observed with on 3 nights at Birr Castle and R.J. Mitchell recorded on 26 Oct 1854, "F object with two nuclei, possibly a spiral." There is no double nuclei, but the spiral suggestion is correct.
******************************
00 52 49 +56 37 40; Cas
Size 35'x30'
18" (2/16/07): remarkable view of this detailed
emission nebula/cluster at 115x and 220x.
Without a filter at 220x about three dozen stars are visible in the
region of the nebula, including a number of faint stars. At the center of the cluster (
The nebulosity responds dramatically to a UHC or OIII filter. The two brightest regions have a butterfly appearance with the two lobes or wings partially divided by a curving dust lane oriented roughly N-S. A fainter detached portion is on the southeast side. The overall dimensions extend to 15'-18'. The two lobes are fairly similar in size and surface brightness, though the following section is larger including the southern piece. The western section has the brightest and most sharply defined edge running along its southern border and oriented E-W. A long straight dust lane extends along the southern boundary of both lobes and defines the sharp edge on the western lobe. The curving central dust lane intrudes into the nebula on the south side and nearly divides the two sections, though weak nebulosity connects the two wings.
17.5" (9/28/02): the bright central quadruple (ADS 719 = Burnham 1) includes a mag 8.6/9.1/9.8 trio at 4" and 9". At 140x, a fainter companion (mag 10) at 1.54" separation was just visible close following the brightest member and is cleanly resolved at 324x.
17.5" (10/17/98): spectacular view of this detailed HII region at 100x using an OIII filter. This 15' nebulous complex has a mushroom appearance and is separated into three main lobes apparently by dust. The brightest and largest lobe is following a bright triple star embedded near the center (8.6/9.2/9.8 at 4" and 9"). There appears to be a much fainter detached piece off the south end of this lobe. Preceding the triple star is a section that is noticeably elongated and irregular in surface brightness fading to the NW. The section to the north is faintest and separated from the eastern lobe by a curving dark lane. A dark intrusion, apparently due to obscuring dust, is visible south of the triple star.
13.1" (8/24/84): very large, fascinating nebulosity, very irregular, dark gaps between sections, five brighter stars mag 8.6-12.5 involved. The brightest star is a very close double.
80mm (2/16/07): at 13x and a UHC filter, the PacMan nebula is easily visible surrounding the central star.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 281 visually on 26 Nov 1881
(Sidereal Messenger, Vol 2, p226 and AN 369, 108, 1884) with his 5-inch
refractor at Nashville and recorded a "large, faint nebula, very diffuse,
not less than 10' diameter."
******************************
00 52 42.2 +30 38 21; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 0.4'x0.3'; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 2' N of mag 8.4
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 282 = St. 10-3 on 6 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position 1' SE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made 10 years later on 13 Oct 1879 with description, "faint, small, round, little brighter middle."
******************************
00 53 13.2 -13 09 50; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.6'x1.0'; PA = 160°
24" (10/5/13): first and largest of five galaxies
including four similar NGCs and much fainter
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round, bright
core. A mag 13.5 star is 1.5'
NE. First of four similar galaxies
with NGC 284 3' E and
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 283 = LM 1-14 (along with NGCs 284, 285 and 286) on 2 Oct 1886. He gave the same positions for NGC 283, 284 and 285 in his discovery list, although the (rough) position is good. NGC 286 was placed 2' further N. Since the positions were only given to the nearest minute of RA, this is reasonable and his rough position is a reasonable match with MCG -02-03-031 = PGC 3124. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 of NGC 282, 284, 285 and 286 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
NGC 284 = MCG -02-03-032 = PGC 3131
00 53 24.2 -13 09 33; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, 20"x15". Collinear with NGC 285 1.4' E and NGC 283 2.7' W, all three similar in brightness. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.6' NW with MCG -02-03-032 2.4' NW.
17.5" (10/28/89): extremely faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1.6' NW. Second of four similar galaxies with NGC 283 3' E, NGC 285 1.5' E and NGC 286 3' SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 284 = LM 1-15 (along with
NGCs 283, 285, and 286) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the
Leander McCormick Observatory. His
(rough) position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 285 = MCG -02-03-033 = PGC 3141
00 53 29.8 -13 09 39; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, 18"x15", very small brighter nucleus. Third in a string with similar NGC 284 1.4' W and NGC 283 4.1' W. NGC 286 is ~3' due N.
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round. Third of four in a group and third of three almost on a line with NGC 283 and NGC 286 3.5' S. Appears similar to NGC 284 2' W.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 285 = LM 1-16 (along with
NGCs 283, 284 and 286) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His (rough)
position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 286 = MCG -02-03-034 = PGC 3142
00 53 30.3 -13 06 46; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 175°
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 N-S, 40"x30", weak concentration, small brighter nucleus. By a slight margin, the brightest in a compact quartet of similar NGC galaxies with NGC 283/284/285 in an east-west string just 3' S. Also PGC 173072, a much fainter galaxy, lies 3.7' SW.
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S. Fourth of four with NGC 285 3.5' S and NGC 284 4' SSW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 286 = LM 1-17 (along with
NGCs 283, 284 and 285) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His (rough)
position is a good match with
******************************
00 53 28.3 +32 28 56; Psc
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.4'; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 287 = h75 on 22 Nov 1827 and
recorded "eF; S; R. The
faintest object imaginable; (night wonderfully clear)." His position
matches
******************************
00 52 45.2 -26 35 03; Scl
V = 8.1; Size 13.8'; Surf Br = 0.1
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): this very loose globular appeared fully resolved at 303x. There were too many stars to possibly count, but certainly several hundred were resolved including a number of relatively bright stars (brightest members mag 12.6). The core was loosely overlaid with a dozen or so brighter stars. A number of stars in the halo appeared to be arranged in strings and arcs including one string extending towards the west.
18" (1/1/08): at 220x-280x, ~60 stars were resolved in an 8' diameter. This globular has a very loose, irregular appearance with a very small brighter core containing a clump of resolved stars. A string of stars running SSW-NNE runs through the west side of the halo with a brighter star (double) at the NNE end of this string. A roughly parallel string also passes through the east side of the halo. Located 1.8° SE of NGC 253 and form a nice pair in the 80mm finder at 13x.
18" (8/25/06): this bright globular is quite loose (concentration class 10) and well-resolved at 220x over the entire face and halo. The outer halo is very irregular with a scraggly appearance and extends to 8'-10' in diameter. Roughly 100 stars were resolved in total.
18" (8/23/03): bright but loose globular, well-resolved at 323x into 75-100 stars (difficult to count). A number of the stars are clearly aligned in long chains.
17.5" (8/29/92): very bright, very large, round, ~8' diameter. Well-resolved over entire disc into 75-100 stars mag 13-15 over background glow although not densely packed. Observation made from the White Mountains (12,500 ft). In a previous observation, roughly 60 stars were resolved, only weakly concentrated in core.
13.1" (9/11/82 and 11/5/83): 30-40 stars resolved over haze.
8" (10/31/81): faint stars resolved across entire disc at 200x with averted, many near visual limit
8" (10/4/80): very large, grainy, few stars resolved at the NW and south edges, other clumps on the verge of resolution.
15x50 (8/25/06): easily visible in IS binoculars as a fairly large, diffuse glow.
8x50 (11/5/82): fairly easy at just 8x.
William Herschel discovered NGC 288 = H. VI-20 = h74 = h2354 on 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467). He described it as "pretty bright, large, oval round, brighter in the middle, 7 or 8' long, 4 or 5' br." His summary description (including a 2nd observation) reads "cB, irregularly round, 8 or 9' diameter, a great many of the stars visible, so that there can remain no doubt but that it is a cluster of vS stars." Caroline Herschel missed this cluster two years earlier when she discovered NGC 253.
John Herschel observed this globular both at Slough and at the Cape. From the southern hemisphere is called it a "globular cluster; bright; large; round; gradually brighter in the middle; all resolved into stars 12..16 mag; 5' diameter."
NGC 288 has a galactic latitude of -89.4°, so it is within 37' of the south galactic pole.
******************************
00 52 41.6 -31 12 28; Scl
V = 11.0; Size 5.1'x3.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly bright, fairly large, oval NW-SE, broad concentration. A mag 13.5 star is off the NW edge 3.2' from the center. Brightest in a group that includes NGC 254 situated 1.1° WSW.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, oval ~E-W. A mag 13 star is off the west edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 289 = h2355 on 27 Sep 1834 and logged "vB; L; pmE; oval; has a star 11th mag north preceding.". His position and description is accurate.
In 1914, Hardcastle classified NGC 246 as a "spindle-shaped nebula" but the following year, Knox-Shaw reported it was a"open spiral" based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector.
******************************
NGC 290 = ESO 029-019 = Lindsay 42
00 51 14 -73 09 42; Tuc
V = 11.7; Size 0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, fairly small, irregular, triangular shaped, 40" diameter. A star or quasi-stellar knot is at the north tip. SMC-N45, located 4.5' SE, appeared bright, moderately large, irregular or triangular in shape, 35"-40" diameter. Several very faint stars are superimposed or at the edges of the glow including a couple of mag 15 stars at the south edge and a couple of mag 15.5 stars at the east edge. Two mag 13/14 stars lie 0.8' SE.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, very small, granular, 20" diameter, brighter core. A faint star or knot is at the north edge (may be a compact HII region). A pair of mag 10/11 stars 8' NE are collinear with the cluster.
LHA 115-N45 (cluster with nebulosity) lies 4.5' SE. This SMC HII region and cluster appeared as a faint, elongated patch with a few faint stars resolved around the edges.
John Herschel discovered NGC 290 = h2357 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and simply logged "eF". His position (single sweep) is about 35" N of the cluster.
Glen Cozens associates Dunlop's D 5, discovered on 5 Sep
1826, with NGC 290. Dunlop's
rather generic description "a faint ill-defined nebula about 12"
diameter" and poor match in position (12' to the SE), makes this
identification rather arbitrary.
In fact, his position for D 5 is 5' due north of
******************************
00 53 29.8 -08 46 04; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, very thin extensions. Located 12' W of 21 Ceti (V = 6.2) at the edge of 220x field.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 291 = m 17 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, vS, lE, alm stellar." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 52 38 -72 48 00; Tuc
V = 2.3; Size 316.2'x186.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 45°
18" (7/6/02 - 7/10/02 - Magellan Observatory): During a week's stay I went through the most prominent clusters and nebulae in the SMC using the fork-mounted 18" at Zane Hammond's observatory.
Naked-eye (6/29/02 - Bargo): this number refers to the entire SMC. My first view of the SMC was outside Sydney with Les Dalrymple. I only took observing notes (through a 12.2") on SMC globular NGC 121 and nearby cluster Kron 3, as well as 47 Tucanae.
Amerigo Vespucci was the first northern hemisphere explorer to see the SMC in 1501, 20 years earlier than Magellan. This was mentioned in a 1990 article by Dekker.
John Herschel (h2356) has two entries: "I should consider this to be about the main body of the Nubecula Minor, which is here fairly resolved into excessively minute stars, which are however certainly seen with the left eye." On a later sweep he noted: "Hereabouts seems to be placed the main body of the Nubecula Minor which is a Faint, Rich, Large Cluster of very small stars (12..18) filling many fields, and broken up into many knots, groups, and straggling branches. But the whole is clearly resolved into stars."
Pietro Baracchi observed the region between NGC 220 and NGC 294 over 16 and 17 Dec 1887 using the 48" Melbourne telescope. Along with discovering a few new objects that went uncredited (Bruck 67 near NGC 294, Kron 25, SMC-N45), he wrote "About this region there is a very large cluster of stars scattered in an irregular way - from 12 to 18. This covers more than one field ..with the supposed [GC 166 = NGC 294], there are other small groups surrounded by extremely faint nebulosity; and along this space occupied by the objects from A [NGC 220] to N [NGC 294] there are several stars which seem to be nebulous. All the region along with these objects the sky is almost continuously covered with a multitude of stars, which render the observations difficult and confusing."
******************************
00 54 16.0 -07 14 08; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 10°
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint, very small, round,
very low surface brightness. A mag
14.5 star is off the SE end 1.1' from center. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 293 = m 18 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, S." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 294 = ESO 029-22 = Lindsay 47
00 53 05 -73 22 49; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, slightly mottled but there was evident no resolution. Bruck 67, located just 2.3' SSW, appeared faint, fairly small, irregular low surface brightness patch, 35" diameter.
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, fairly small, round, 45"-50" diameter, contains a bright core. The halo has a smooth moderately high surface brightness but there were no resolved stars. Four mag 12-13 stars forming a parallelogram are centered 4.5' NW, but there are no bright stars in the immediately field. Bruck 67, a slightly smaller irregular glow with a low surface brightness, lies 2.2' SW. NGC 267 lies 23' WNW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 294 = D 5 or D 6 = h2358 on 5 Sep 1826. He described D 5 as "a small faint nebula, about 10" or 12" diameter." and D 6 as "a faint nebula, about 20" diameter". D 5 was placed 5' too far N, while D 6 (logged next on the drift) is 5' too far SSE. Either could apply.
John Herschel first observed this nebula on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441). He simply noted "eF. In a sweep below the Pole." and added a note later "This obs give 47 -- instead of 46 -- for the min of RA. The earlier minute preferred." In Sep 1835 (sweep 625) he recorded the RA minute as 46, which was used in the GC and NGC but this is 1.0 min too far west. He referenced D 5 as the discovery.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 and 17 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 294 (labeled as "N") as "pB, pL, R, gradually brighter in the middle. N follows M [Bruck 67, which he discovered] by 18 seconds and is 2' north of it."
The Hodge-Wright SMC Atlas labels NGC 294 as Lindsay 47, though Table 6 suggests NGC 294 = L47?
******************************
00 59 32.3 +31 47 53; Psc
Size 0.55'x0.5'
24" (10/1/16): at 375x; faint, small, slightly
elongated, 15"-18" diameter, very weak concentration. Located 6.5' SW of mag 7.8
NGC 295 is the slightly fainter of a pair with
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 295, along with CGCG 501-058,
on 26 Oct 1872. While observing
the field he assumed was
There is nothing at Copeland's offset from NGC 296. A 10th magnitude star is near NGC 296
but it's not at the reported position angle and separation, so it's clear
Copeland misidentified the field and Corwin considered NGC 295 as lost. Confusing the situation further, the
computed position for NGC 295 happens to land on NGC 296! As a result, all modern catalogues
label NGC 296 as NGC 295 and
Recently (2016) Yann Pothier was able to identify the
correct field about 1° ENE, surrounding mag 7.8 HD 5801 = SAO 54330. This star is 115" distant in PA
32° from CGCG 501-058, so Copeland assumed this galaxy was NGC 296. The second object is
******************************
NGC 296 = (R)NGC 295 = UGC 562 = MCG +05-03-024 = CGCG 501-042 = PGC 3260
00 55 07.6 +31 32 32; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 164°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated NNW-SSE, bright core.
Located just 30" W of a mag 10 star. Brightest in a group of four with
William Herschel discovered NGC 296 = H. II-214 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). His description reads, "F, E, preceding a bright star. Appears almost like a brush issuing from the star, but does not join it by a good deal." Although his RA was 20 seconds too large and his declination 1' too far N, it's clear from his description that NGC 296 = UGC 562.
Dreyer used Herschel's (poor) position to derive the position of NGC 295, a much fainter galaxy found by Ralph Copeland. See NGC 295 for the story. Coincidentally, Dreyer's erroneous position for NGC 295 happens to land on Herschel's II-214! As a result UGC, CGCG, PGC and RNGC misidentify NGC 296 as NGC 295. In addition, RNGC misidentifies UGC 565 as NGC 296.
******************************
00 54 58.9 -07 20 59; Cet
V = 15.7; Size 0.3'x0.3'
18" (11/22/03): this extremely faint and tiny galaxy was a marginal object at 257x, barely glimpsed several times as a fleeting quasi-stellar spot just 1.3' SW of NGC 298. If this observation is valid, NGC 297 is one of the very faintest NGC galaxies (B = 16.7) that I've recorded.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 297 = m 19 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "eF". His position is 2 sec of RA west and 1' S of much brighter m 20 = NGC 298, discovered at the same time. It's possible that Marth confused a close, faint double situated 2' S of NGC 298 as a nebula. But 1.3' SW of NGC 298 at 00 54 58.9 -07 20 59 (2000) is a nearly stellar galaxy, described here, which is a more likely candidate. In any case, NGC 297 is not identical to NGC 298 as stated in the RNGC. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 298 = MCG -01-03-033 = LGG 015-003 = PGC 3250
00 55 02.2 -07 20 00; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 87°
18" (11/22/03): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, 1.0'x0.5', weak concentration. Located 11' W of a mag 6 star that I kept outside the field. NGC 297 is an extremely difficult companion just 1.3' SW. Member of a small group (LGG 015) including NGC 274/275 and NGC 337.
17.5" (10/13/90): very faint, very small, elongated 3:2 E-W. Forms a pair with NGC 293 11' NW. Located 11' W of mag 5.9 SAO 129032 in field!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 298 = m 20 (along with NGC 297) on 27 Sep 1864 using Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta. His position is accurate.
******************************
00 53 24.5 -72 11 50; Tuc
V = 11.7; Size 0.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, fairly small,
round, high surface brightness, 0.8' diameter. Contains an intensely bright
quasi-stellar nucleus. A few stars
were resolved at the edges at 397x.
Brightest in a group of clusters with
Lindsay 51 appeared moderately bright, fairly small, irregular shape, ~30" diameter, very small bright nucleus. Situated just 0.6' W of a mag 10.6 star (SMC yellow supergiant) in a rich section of the SMC.
Kron 28 appeared fairly faint, moderately large, round,
~45" diameter, low surface brightness glow extending to the west of mag
10.7
18" (7/11/05) - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 50" diameter with a broad weak concentration. Forms a pair with NGC 306 5' SE.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x, this SMC cluster appeared as a small, round, bright knot, ~45" diameter. Forms the southeast vertex of an obtuse triangle with two mag 11 stars ~3.5' NNE and 4' W. Forms a trio with NGC 306 4.7' SE and Kron 30 3.8' W. Kron 30 appeared as just a hazy patch, ~1.5' diameter with a few mag 13/14 stars superimposed or resolved.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first of two small knots of stars (the other being NGC 306) located 26' W
of
John Herschel discovered NGC 299 = h2360 on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) and recorded "F; vS; R; gradually little brighter middle; r; 15"." His final observation on 5 Nov 1836 (sweep 745) reads, "pB, vS, R, 12", resolvable. Situated at the upper limit of the nubecula which here is starry. At the other it is nebulous."
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 299 earlier on 5 Sep 1826. Dunlop's D 50, 51 and 52 were described as three small, faint nebulae in a line with orientation NW to SE and his position is 17' to the NE of NGC 299 and NGC 306. Although the positions are a poor match, the orientation and separations of the two clusters match up well (with two of Dunlop's numbers), suggesting that NGC 299 is D 50 or D 51. NGC 306, though, might be too faint for Dunlop's 9" speculum reflector, so perhaps his orientation is a coincidence.
This cluster is misclassified as a Bright Nebula in the RNGC, and the wrong type was copied into the NGC 2000.0 and first edition of the Uranometria 2000.0.
******************************
NGC 300 = ESO 295-020 = MCG -06-03-005 = AM 0052-375 = LGG 004-002 = PGC 3238
00 54 53.4 -37 41 00; Scl
V = 8.1; Size 21.9'x15.5'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 111°
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): at 187x; bright, extremely large, irregular, elongated roughly 5:3 WNW-ESE, at least 15'x9'. Contains a large, brighter core region with a mag 11.5 star at the ENE edge of the core. A mag 9.6 star is in the halo (along a faint spiral arm), 2.6' SW of center and a mag 10.6 star is superimposed in the outer halo, 5.3' SE of center. Spiral structure was surprisingly subtle. A low contrast, broad inner arm extends W from the N side of the core, curls S on the W side and spreads out. A more obvious inner arm emerges from the S side of the core and sweeps E and N, though the root of the arm is not defined.
The arm passes through a relatively bright and large HII patch/OB association, ~25" diameter, situated 3.9' E of center and loses contrast further N. This giant HII complex is catalogued as #65 in a 1966 paper by Sersic and #137 in a 1988 study by Deharveng et al, "H II regions in NGC 300." A mag 11.5 star is 2.3' further NE in the outer halo of the galaxy. I didn't have time to examine the galaxy at higher power to search for additional H II knots.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly large oval 3:2 WNW-ESE, very diffuse appearance, bright stellar nucleus. There is a hint of structure although the galaxy has a low surface brightness and was viewed at a low elevation (13° at most) from my latitude of +38.5°. This nearby galaxy is located at a distance of 6 million light years in the Sculptor group, and may be physically paired with NGC 55.
15x50 IS binoculars: (11/18/06): visible in binoculars as a relatively large, very low surface brightness hazy region, roughly 15' in size. A star is superimposed on the SW side.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 300 = D 530 = h2359 on 5 Aug
1826 with his 9" speculum reflector.
Based on 3 observation he described "a pretty large faint nebula,
irregular round figure, 6' or 7' diameter, easily resolvable into exceedingly
minute stars, with four or five stars of more considerable magnitude; slight
compression of stars to the centre." There are several superimposed Milky
Way stars. In his first
observation, he noted "a pretty bright small star south of it [probably
mag 8.7
John Herschel observed the galaxy on 3 occasions. On the first sweep (1 Sep 1834) he described it as "B; vL; vgpmbM; vmE; irregular figure; 8' to 10' long, 3' or 4' broad; has subordinate nuclei." His sketch (plate V, figure 10) includes the nucleus and two or three additional regions of nebulosity. Three nights later, he noted it as "faint, very large, very gradually brighter towards the middle; 4' long; 2' broad; has another nebula attached." The secondary nebula is the large HII complex [DCL88] 137 on the east side. On 30 Nov 1837 he wrote: "A large oval nebula, containing three stars." He had tentatively identified it with Dunlop 530, but noted: "Mr. Dunlop's neb 530 is described by him as easily resolvable into very minute stars. Its identity with [NGC 300] is therefore very doubtful."
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 300 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 20 Dec 1875 (plate I, figure 3 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."). The giant HII complex on the east side is clearly shown on the sketch as a distinct oval patch. Pietro Baracchi obsrerved NGC 300 on 7 Oct 1884 and thought there might be changes based on Herschel's sketch and Turner's sketch. He wrote "The appearance of this nebula may be greatly altered by the state of the atmosphere; but an inspection of drawings shows some change, I think. The principal change is this, that the patch following does not exist at present, or it must be very much fainter than all the rest." The galaxy was photographed by Harold Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11 and described as a "spiral with many conensations".
******************************
00 56 18.3 -10 40 25; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 70°
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round. Situated between two mag 9/9.5 stars with a separation of 15'.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 301 = LM 1-18 in 1886 with the
26-inch refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is fortunately
just 0.2 tmin W of
******************************
00 56 19.1 -10 40 42; Cet
= * 1.8' ENE NGC 301, Corwin.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 302 = LM 1-19 in 1886 and placed
1.0' ENE (PA 75°) of NGC 301. The
only object close to this position is a faint star. RNGC misidentifies NGC 302 with
******************************
00 54 54.7 -16 39 18; Cet
V = 15.3; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 158°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness with just a weak concentration. Can almost hold steadily with averted vision once identified on my finder chart.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 303 = LM 1-20 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 1' N of
******************************
00 56 06.0 +24 07 37; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated
3:2 NNW-SSE, small very bright core.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 304 = St. 9-2 on 4 Nov 1875. His published position (list 9, #2) was recorded 3 years later on 23 Oct 1878.
******************************
00 56 20.9 +12 03 54; Psc
17.5" (9/26/92): small group of 7 stars, including a
mag 9.5 star, in a 3' diameter. A small equilateral triangle of three mag 11-12
stars is just south. This is an
unimpressive but fairly distinctive asterism in a very sparse field. RNGC, PGC and RC 3 incorrectly equate
NGC 305 with the galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 305 = h76 on 17 Oct 1825 as "a small cluster of p closely scattered stars". At Herschel's position is a small unimpressive asterism (not a cluster). MCG, RNGC and RC3 misidentify the galaxy UGC 571 as NGC 305. HyperLeda now shows NGC 305 as stellar (or stars) and NED correctly identifies the number as "six galactic stars". Discussed in Malcolm Thomson's "Catalogue Corrections" and Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 306 = ESO 029-023 = Kron 33 = Lindsay 50
00 54 14.7 -72 14 30; Tuc
V = 12.1; Size 1.1'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): NGC 306 is slightly fainter and smaller than NGC 299 4.7' NW. At 244x; fairly bright, fairly small, round, ~35" diameter. At 397x, two faint stars were resolved at the northeast and southwest ends. Two brighter mag 12 and 13 stars lie 1.8' ESE and 2' ENE. A fairly close pair of mag 13/14 stars (~9" separation) is 1.4' WNW.
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): slightly fainter of a pair with NGC 299 5' NW. Appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, smooth surface brightness, no resolution. Two mag 12 stars lie 2' E and SE.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 306 is a slightly smaller and fainter companion of NGC 299, situated 4.7' NW. At 128x it appeared small, round, fairly faint, ~35" diameter with no sign of resolution. Forms the west vertex of a small triangle with two mag 12 stars ~2' SE and a 2' E.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a fainter of a pair of small SMC clusters with NGC 299 and located 4.7' SE of NGC 299. At 171x it was just a small, hazy compact knot, ~30" in diameter, with no resolution and fairly even surface brightness to the edge. A mag 12 star is ~2' SE. In the same low power field with the impressive NGC 346 located 22' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 306 = h2361 on 4 Oct 1836 and recorded "an extremely small faint [in italics] knot of the Nubec. Min. 15" diameter." His position is accurate.
James Dunlop possibly made an earlier discovery on 5 Sep 1826. Dunlop's D 50, 51 and 52 were described as three small, faint nebulae in a line with orientation NW to SE and his position is 17' to the NE of NGC 299 and NGC 306. Although the positions are a poor match, the orientation and separations are a good match (perhaps a coincidence?), suggesting either D 51 or D 52 refers to NGC 306. But I'm not convinced as this cluster may be too faint to have been seen by Dunlop (Herschel only noticed it on 1 of the 4 sweeps that he logged NGC 299!).
******************************
00 56 32.5 -01 46 19; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
24" (9/28/19): at 322x; moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.9'x0.3', strong concentration with a bright core that increases to a very bright nucleus.
18" (10/16/09): at 285x appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, 0.8'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a very small bright core. This galaxy is in the foreground of Abell Galaxy Cluster 119, which lies 1/2 degree to the north.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval 3:2 E-W, small
bright core. A mag 15.5 star (NGC
308) is 1' SSE. The center of
John Herschel discovered NGC 307 = h77 on 6 Sep 1831 and
logged "pF; S; E; 15"."
His position matches
******************************
00 56 34.3 -01 47 03; Cet
= *, Corwin.
Sir Robert Ball discovered NGC 308 on 31 Dec 1866 while observing the field of NGC 307. He recorded a faint "Nova" in PA 147° (SE) at a separation of 60" (measured at 52" on 23 Oct 1876). In this position (51" separation) is a 15th magnitude star that Ball apparently mistook for a very small nebulous object.
The RNGC misidentified
******************************
00 56 42.8 -09 54 50; Cet
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 175°
24" (12/21/16): at 282x; fairly faint, moderately
large, roundish, fairly low but uneven surface brightness, contains a brighter
core that increases somewhat to the center. I detected hints of spiral arms in the halo (slightly
brighter arcs). A mag 12.5 star is
2' NNE and a mag 15 star is off the west side, 1.5' from center.
17.5" (10/28/89): fairly faint, fairly large, slightly elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. A mag 12.5 star is off the NNE edge 2.1' from center. A mag 15 star is off the west edge.
8" (10/31/81): very faint, slightly elongated, even surface brightness.
At a redshift distance of ~260 million light years, NGC 309 is one of the largest and most luminous spiral galaxies known.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 309 = T. 1-4 in 1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His RA was 10 seconds too small. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 26 Oct 1897 as well as by Howe in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
Based on a photograph taken with the Reynolds reflector at the Helwan observatory, NGC 309 was described as a "open spiral with a pB sharp stellar nucleus, well defined arms and many condensations".
******************************
00 56 48.1 -01 45 58; Cet
= *, Corwin and Gottlieb.
Sir Robert Ball discovered NGC 310 on 31 Dec 1866 while observing the field of NGC 307. His placed this object, with respect to NGC 307, at 225" separation in PA 81°. The offset was measured again on 23 Oct 1876 as 239" in PA 84.8°. At this position (233" in PA 85°) is a single mag 15.3 star that Harold Corwin identifies as NGC 310.
The RNGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
00 57 32.7 +30 16 51; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 120°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
First of three on line and equally spaced with
John Herschel discovered NGC 311 = h78 on 15 Sep 1828. While observing H. II-210 = NGC 313 he recorded "F, vS; R; bM; 6". The next sweep he logged "pB; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 10"."
******************************
00 56 15.6 -52 46 58; Phe
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 62°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small, high surface brightness, 40"x30", sharply concentrated with an intense core. The halo is extended 4:3 or 5:4 WSW-ESE. A mag 11.3 star lies 2.4' W.
NGC 312 is the furthest north in a group of 8 galaxies in a
25' string to the south. The
galaxies share a common redshift of z = .026, implying a distance of ~350
million l.y. The closest companion
is
John Herschel discovered NGC 312 = h2363 on 5 Sep 1836 and noted "vF, S, R". On a later sweep he logged "F, S, R, 15", follows a star 12th mag on same parallel". The mag 12 star mentioned in the description is 2.5' W. His mean position from 2 observations is accurate.
******************************
00 57 45.7 +30 22 00; Psc
= ** 1' NW of core of
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 313, along with NGC 316, on 29 Nov 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. Stoney's offset of 1' NW of NGC 315 points directly to a double star (clearly resolved on the DSS) at 00 57 45.7 +30 21 56 (2000) - position on the southern star. The sketch in the 1861 publication shows two stars encased in a small nebula (labeled as Gamma), but in the 1880 publication there are only two stars.
Dorothy Carlson (in her 1940 NGC Correction paper) and Harold Corwin identify this double star (the northern component itself is a very close double, so technically a triple) as NGC 313.
******************************
NGC 314 = ESO 411-032 = MCG -05-03-015 = PGC 3395
00 56 52.3 -31 57 48; Scl
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 168°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 2.1' ESE of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 314 = h2362 on 27 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, eS, R, suddenly brighter in the middle to a stellar nucleus." On a later sweep he logged "eeF, vS; almost doubtful whether really the object looked for. Has a pB star following 2' distant. (N.B. The coincidence of the places destroys this doubt)." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 315 = UGC 597 = MCG +05-03-031 = CGCG 501-052 = Holm 28a = PGC 3455
00 57 48.8 +30 21 09; Psc
V = 11.2; Size 3.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly bright, fairly small, oval 3:2
~SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 3.5' NW of mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 315 = H. II-210 = h79 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and noted "F, pL, unequally bright, resolvable, near a pB star." John Herschel observed NGC 315 on 3 sweeps and NGC 311 was also found. When the field was observed by Lord Rosse's assistants, NGC 318 was also discovered, though a nearby single star (NGC 316) and a double star (NGC 313) were mistaken as nebulous.
******************************
00 57 52.4 +30 21 16; Psc
= * 47" following NGC 315, Gottlieb. =**, de Vaucouleurs.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 316, along with NGC 313, on 29 Nov 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was noted as "suspected" and labeled as Delta on a diagram with an offset of 44" ENE from the center of NGC 315. At this position is a single star (noted as such in the 1855 observation published in 1861). John Herschel repeated it was a star in the GC notes but Dreyer still added it to the GC Supplement.
******************************
00 57 40.4 +43 47 32; And
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 105°
24" (10/5/13): this is the larger component of a close
double system with
17.5" (8/29/92): the SSE component of this double
galaxy appeared very faint, very small, round, low even surface
brightness. A mag 11 star is 1' W
and a faint mag 14 star is 1' SW, forming a wide 30" double. The NNW component is the slightly
brighter of the pair and appears faint, very small, very small bright core,
stellar nucleus. On the POSS the SSE galaxy is the brighter component.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 317 = Sw. 2-11 on 1 Oct 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His description reads "eeF; lE; pS; iR; D * close following; v difficult." His position is poor (28 seconds of RA too large) and the "Double star close following" is actually to the west. This galaxy is identified as NGC 317A in the MCG as the close pair are given separate designations.
******************************
NGC 318 = CGCG 501-054 = PGC 3465
00 58 05.2 +30 25 32; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 15°
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 is off the NW edge 0.9' from the center. Located 5.6' NE of NGC 315 and the third of three in a group.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 318 = St. 12-7 on the 3 Nov 1855 observation of NGC 315 . It was noted as "F, S, R." and placed accurately on a sketch in line with NGC 311 and 315. Dreyer noted it was not seen earlier in the 1850 observation or later. Édouard Stephan independently found this galaxy on 6 Nov 1882 and listed it as new in his 12th discovery list, missing the earlier GC entry. Stephan's position is accurate.
******************************
00 56 57.5 -43 50 20; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.5', contains a very small
brighter nucleus. A mag 15.4 star
is 33" SW of center and a mag 13 star is 2.3' SSE. Forms a pair
24" (10/5/13): at 225x appeared faint to fairly faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S, 20"x15". NGC 322 lies 7' NNE. Despite an elevation of only 10°, both galaxies were easily seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 319 = h4007, along with NGC 322, on 5 Sep 1834 and remarked "eF; vS; R; little brighter in the middle." His CGH position has a typo of 23h instead of 00h in RA, but he corrected this mistake in his errata list at the end.
******************************
00 58 46.5 -20 50 24; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 159°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, very small, round, very small
bright core, very faint stellar nucleus, diffuse slightly elongated halo. A mag 12 star is 1.5' NNW. Located 15' SE of mag 7.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 320 = LM 2-295 in 1886
with a 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.4 tmin of RA east is
******************************
00 57 39.1 -05 05 11; Cet
V = 14.8; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8
24" (12/1/13): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. Easily visible 1.5' SE
of a mag 12.5 star and 5.7' WSW of
17.5" (12/11/99): very faint, very small, round,
15" diameter. The faintest of
5 galaxies in the field (
13.1" (7/12/86): very faint, small, round.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 321 = m 21 (along with NGCs 325,
327 and 329) on 27 Sep 1864 using Lassell's 48" on Malta. His description simply reads "eF,
vS", but his position matches
******************************
NGC 322 = ESO 243-015 = AM 0054-435 = MCG -07-03-003 = PGC 3412
00 57 10.0 -43 43 39; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 153°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright and
large, very elongated 7:2 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.25', contains a very small bright
nucleus.
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 5:3 NNW-SSE, 25"x15". A mag 13 star lies 1.4' SW. Brighter of a pair with NGC 319 7' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 322 = h4007, along with NGC
319, on 5 Sep 1834, and recorded "vF; vS; R; little brighter middle;
follows 3 stars 12, 13 and 14m."
His position is 6 sec of RA east and 1' south of
******************************
NGC 323 = ESO 151-009 = PGC 3374
00 56 41.6 -52 58 34; Phe
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 178°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright, fairly
small, round, high surface brightness, 40" diameter, very small bright
core. In a group of galaxies (8
recorded in a 25' string N-S) with NGC 328 4' NE and
John Herschel discovered NGC 323 = h2365 on 3 Oct 1834 and recorded "vF, S, R. The RA may err several seconds. The PD also is not very good." On a much later sweep he recorded "Viewed; found exactly in the place of No 29, Sweep 498 [previous description] pB, S, R, bM, 15 arcseconds, there is also another [NGC 328], pos = 36.8 degrees [NE], delta in PD = 4'."
******************************
00 57 14.7 -40 57 34; Phe
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 95°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; moderately bright and large, elongated at least 3:1 E-W, ~1.0'x0.3'. Strongly concentrated with a bright core and much fainter extensions that were initially missed. Resides in a sparsely populated field with a mag 12 star 5' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 324 = h2364 on 23 Oct 1835 and
recorded "F, S, Stellar, the bad definition of a south-easter prevents
certainty, but I think it is not a star." There is nothing at his position, but exactly 30' S is ESO
295-G25 = PGC 3416, a galaxy that fits Herschel's description, assuming he
noticed only the central region.
ESO, MCG and RC3 correctly identify this galaxy as NGC 324 but RNGC
misidentifies
******************************
NGC 325 = MCG -01-03-045 = FGC 111 = PGC 3454
00 57 47.8 -05 06 45; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 1.5'x0.2'; PA = 90°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; very faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, ~20"x10". Occasionally a mag 16.5 star appeared to be involved [DSS shows a very faint star just north of the core]. Situated 2.1' NW of NGC 327.
17.5" (11/6/93): only highly suspected several times as an extremely faint and small glow situated 2.1' NW of NGC 327. This galaxy is a very low surface brightness edge-on in a group with NGC 329 4' NE and NGC 321 2.7' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 325 = m 22 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, vS." His position matches
RNGC and MCG misidentify NGC 321 = MCG -01-03-043 as NGC 325. RC3 doesn't label MCG -01-03-045 as NGC 325. The "Deep Sky Field Guide" (version 1) mentions a "faint, anonymous galaxy 2' NW" of NGC 327 and this is probably NGC 321. I find it odd that Marth described NGC 325 as "vF", while NGC 321, which is noticeably brighter, is described as "eF".
******************************
00 58 22.7 +26 51 56; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.0
24" (12/6/18): NGC 326 is a merged double system with
twin nuclei separated by only 8".
At 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, slightly brighter core. Increasing to 500x, the nucleus was
precisely collinear with a mag 13.0 star 1.2' W and a mag 13.7 star 2.5'
W. This corresponds with the
northern of the dual nuclei.
Occasionally the second nuclei (10" SE) seemed to sharpen as a
faint quasi-stellar spot within the halo.
Located 5' NNW of mag 7.3
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 13 star is
1.2' W. Situated at the center of
an isosceles triangle consisting mag 7.2
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 326 on 24 Aug 1865 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
NGC 327 = MCG -01-03-047 = Holm 30a = PGC 3462
00 57 55.2 -05 07 50; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
24" (12/1/13): at 375x appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 N-S, ~48"x15", fairly high even surface brightness with only a weak concentration. Brightest in a small group with NGC 329 3.9' NNE and NGC 321 4.8' NW.
13.1" (7/12/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Second of three with similar NGC 329 3.8' NNE and MCG -01-03-041 9' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 327 = m 23 (along with NGC 321, NGC 325 and NGC 329) on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, E." His position and description is appropriate.
******************************
NGC 328 = ESO 151-013 = PGC 3399
00 56 57.4 -52 55 26; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 2.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated 4:1 WNW-ESE, 1.4'x0.35', contains a slightly bulging core that is only weakly concentrated. In a group of 8 galaxies in a 24' string N-S including NGC 323 4' SW and ESO 151-010 2.6' NW. The ESO galaxy (B = 15.7) appeared fairly faint, very small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 15"x10".
John Herschel discovered NGC 328 = h2366 on 5 Sep 1836 and
logged "vF, lE, very gradually brighter middle.". His position is 0.1 min of RA east and
1' north of
******************************
NGC 329 = MCG -01-03-048 = Holm 30b = PGC 3467
00 58 01.4 -05 04 17; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 20°
24" (12/1/13): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, 45"x15". NGC 327, the brightest member in the group, lies 3.9' SSW.
13.1" (7/12/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Third of three with NGC 327 3.8' SSW and MCG -01-03-041 8' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 329 = m 24 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, E." This galaxy is the last in a quartet
along with NGC 321, NGC 325 and NGC 327.
His description and position applies to
******************************
00 56 18 -72 27 32; Tuc
V = 9.6; Size 1.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; extremely bright, fairly large, elongated NW-SE, ~1.5' diameter, high surface brightness cluster. Easily over 20 stars were resolved in central region and more than three dozen including outliers around the periphery. NGC 330 is situated in a rich, glowing section of the SMC just 20' SW of NGC 346, the top HII region in the SMC.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is one of the brightest SMC clusters and a fascinating object at 228x. It appears as a bright, extremely rich knot of stars, just 1' to 1.5' diameter, which was only partially resolved. Streaming out from the dense core were numerous mag 12 and fainter stars, some arranged in a curving chain off the following side of the core. The bright outliers seemed scattered about to at least 5' (Hodge Association 40). NGC 330 is situated 20' SW of the remarkable HII region NGC 346 within a rich star field!
10x30 IS binoculars (11/4/12 - Coromandel Peninsula, New Zealand): visible as a very small, but non-stellar knot.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 330 = D 23 = h2367 on 1 Aug 1826. His published description (based on his 5 Sep observation) reads, "A small, but very bright nebula, exceedingly condensed. This is the brightest nebula in the small cloud. I think I perceive two bright nuclei in this body." His published position was just 2' due N of center.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 5 separate sweeps, first recording on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 440), "pretty bright, small, oval, resolved, 60"." On 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482), he called it a "globular cluster, S, B, little elliptic, gradually brighter in the middle; 2' across. Fairly resolved into rather large and not very crowded stars."
******************************
NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 = PGC 2759
00 47 06.9 -02 43 51; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; PA = 127°
17.5" (11/28/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Requires averted to glimpse and can only view for moments knowing exact location. A nice mag 13/14 double lies 6' N [at 20" separation]. Located 14' W of NGC 259. The identification NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 is very tentative.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 331 = LM 2-296 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position,
though he mentions the RA (which is often bad) is doubtful. Harold Corwin suggests the possible
identification NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 = PGC 2759 (listed here), though that
assumes Leavenworth made a 10 min error in RA. Leavenworth's description mention a *12 located 3' NE and
there is a faint star (closer to mag 15) in this relative position. RNGC and
PGC misidentify
******************************
00 58 49.1 +07 06 41; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, bright core, slightly
elongated NW-SE. A line of three
mag 12-13 stars is close SW.
Located 18' NNE of a mag 6.9 star
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 332 = Sw. 5-10 on 22 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description ("5 or 6 stars near south
in a curve") matches
******************************
00 58 51.3 -16 28 09; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 119°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, very slight central brightening. Almost on a line with two mag 13 stars 3' SE and 5' SE. This is a double system (not resolved).
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 333 = T. 1-5 in 1877 with an
11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. Tempel's position is 10 sec of RA west and 4' south of PGC
3519. Herbert Howe measured an
accurate position in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin
Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
This is a double galaxy (often listed as
******************************
00 58 49.8 -35 06 58; Scl
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 169°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, no concentration. Best viewed at 280x. Forms the north vertex of an equilateral triangle with two mag 11-12 stars 2.5' SW and 2.5' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 334 = h2368 on 25 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, gradually little brighter middle; makes a triangle with two stars south of nebulosity." On later sweep he logged "eF, S, R, at the northern angle of an equilateral triangle formed with two stars 11th mag." His position and description (of the nearby mag 11 stars) clearly establishes NGC 334 = ESO 351-026.
******************************
00 59 19.5 -18 14 01; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 137°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, small, elongated 5:2
NW-SE, 0.8'x0.3', low even surface brightness.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 335 = LM 1-21 on 9 Oct
1885 with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. His very rough
position is just 0.1 tmin of RA east and 2' S of
******************************
NGC 336 = ESO 541-002 = PGC 3470
00 58 02.8 -18 23 05; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 42°
17.5" (10/21/95): very faint, very small, round, low surface brightness. A mag 13 star is 2.2' NW of center. NGC 335 lies 20' NE. Incorrect identification in RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 336 = LM 1-22 on 31 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Corwin examined the discovery sketch
and verified NGC 336 = ESO 541-002 = PGC 3470. The RNGC, PGC and ESO misidentify
******************************
NGC 337 = MCG -01-03-053 = IV Zw 35 = LGG 015-004 = PGC 3572
00 59 50.3 -07 34 43; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
48" (11/1/13): at 488x appeared bright, fairly large, very irregular with a number of obvious clumps. Although the galaxy is generally elongated 3:2 or 5:3 NW-SE it contains a bright, elongated N-S central region that seems to be a bar. On the south end of the "bar" is a brighter elongated patch extending towards the WSW. Another brighter knot is at the north end of the bar, extending to the east. On the southeast flank of the galaxy is an elongated, fainter patch. The northwest side of the halo extends further out, giving an asymmetric outline, and one or two small knots are involved. A mag 11 star lies 5' E. Member of a group (LGG 015) that includes NGC 274/275 and NGC 298.
17.5" (12/26/00): fairly bright and large, elongated
3:2 NW-SE, ~1.8'x1.2', broad concentration. The appearance is asymmetric -- with a noticeably mottled or
irregular surface brightness.
Brighter knots within the halo are also clearly visible at moments. The visual impression matches well with
the DSS image, which shows a chaotic structure with a number of large HII
knots.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated NW-SE, fairly even surface brightness, diffuse outer halo. A mag 11.5 star is 5.4' E of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 337 = H. II-433 = h80 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435). His description reads "pB, pL, bM, irregular parallelogram in the direction of the meridian."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, observed this irregular galaxy on 3 Oct 1856 and recorded "pL, not vF. Its brightest part is a line running diagonally, and there is a knot at either end. Perhaps it shaped like an "S". The galaxy has a distorted appearance on CCD photo.
******************************
01 00 36.4 +30 40 09; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 109°
17.5" (10/5/02): nice, fairly small edge-on oriented WNW-ESE, 0.8'x0.25', very small bright core. A pair of evenly matched mag 14 stars are close off the south side.
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, very elongated WNW-ESE, moderately large, bright core. An easy mag 14 double star at 22" separation is off the SSE edge just 0.8' from center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 338 = T. 1-6 = St. 12-8 on 13 Oct 1869 with further observations on 28 Oct 1875 and 3 Nov 1877. His published micrometric position (discovery list 12, #8) was not made until 6 Nov 1882 with description "vF, vS, irregular, bright nucleus."
Wilhelm Tempel rediscovered NGC 338 in 1877 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and recorded "small but class III; has 2 stars mag 14-15 near the south end." His RA is 11 seconds too small and 1' S, but the description of the nearby stars fits. Tempel was credited with the discovery in the NGC with Stephan listed second due to Stephan's later publication, though the discovery order is reversed.
******************************
00 57 46.5 -74 28 13; Tuc
V = 12.8; Size 2.2'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright,
fairly large, roundish, 3' diameter, weak concentration to a small brighter
core. The outer halo appears
ragged and mottled but the only definite resolution was a star on the east side
of the halo. This cluster is
located 15' SE of mag 6.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 339 = h2369 on 18 Sep 1835 in the SMC and recorded "vF, L, R, very gradually brighter middle, 3' or 3.5' diameter". His position is 1.3' NNW of center. NGC 339 was described as "probably globular" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa.
******************************
01 00 34.9 -06 52 00; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, small, elongated 2:1
WSW-ENE, bright core. First of six
in the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 340 = m 25 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, E". This is the first in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is accurate.
******************************
01 00 45.8 -09 11 09; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; PA = 55°
48" (11/4/21): at 610x; bright, moderately large, roundish, 1' diameter. Strong concentration with a very bright, slightly elongated core that increased to an intense stellar nucleus. A fairly low contrast spiral arm is attached on the SE side of the core. It curled around the south side and extended to the NW, fading out west of center. The northern arm was very weak along the north side of the halo.
17.5" (10/28/89): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration. Located along the west side of a triangle formed by a mag 11.5 star 2.5' N, a mag 12.5 star 3' ESE and a mag 13.5 star 3' SSE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 341 = St. 12-9 on 3 Oct 1869 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and recorded an unpublished position 2' NE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 21 Oct 1881 and recorded "faint; irregularly round; moderately large; a little central condensation; fairly distinct nucleus; seems resolvable."
Forms a double system (Arp 59) with
******************************
NGC 342 = MCG -01-03-058 = PGC 3631
01 00 49.8 -06 46 22; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated, weak concentration.
Forms a pair with NGC 340 7' SW and second of six in the NGC 349 group
(USGC S034). Located 11' WNW of
mag 7.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 342 = m 26 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". Second in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350).
******************************
00 58 24.1 -23 13 30; Cet
Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 9°
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint, very small, ~12"
diameter. Appears as a very low
surface brightness spot with averted vision located 2' W of a 1.2' pair of mag
14 stars. Forms a very close pair
with
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, small, round, very low surface brightness. Situated 2' W of a N-S pair of mag 14 stars. A mag 15 star is 1' N. NGC 344 close SE was not seen. The identification of this pair is uncertain.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 343 = LM 2-297, along with NGC
344, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. This nebula was
placed 1' N of NGC 344 but there is nothing at Muller's position. Corwin suggests NGC 343/NGC 344 are the
faint pair of galaxies AM 0055-232 = PGC 133741/
******************************
00 58 25.4 -23 13 46; Cet
Size 0.3'x0.2'
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint and small, 5" diameter. Forms a very close pair with NGC 343 close preceding, just 24" between centers. At times this object appeared stellar and easier to view than NGC 343, though there doesn't appear to be a faint star close by that I might have confused it with.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 344 = LM 2-298, along with NGC 343, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory.. Muller described both objects as possible stars and his position is 0.3 min of RA east and 1.5' north of ESO 475-006. Corwin suggests that NGC 343 and NGC 344 may instead refer to a faint pair of galaxies (Arp-Madore 0055-232 = PGC 13374/198261) about 2.5 min of RA due east of Muller's position. If Muller observed this pair, then NGC 344 (fainter SE component) at B = 17.2 is the faintest discovery at Leander McCormick Observatory with the Clark refractor.
******************************
01 01 22.0 -06 53 04; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, even surface brightness.
Located 6' SSW of mag 7.2 SAO 129088. Third of six in the NGC 349 group (USGC S034) with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 345 = m 27 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS, gradually brighter in the middle." Third in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350) and placed accurately.
******************************
NGC 346 = SMC-N66 = ESO 051-010 = Lindsay 60 = SMC Ass 45
00 59 05 -72 10 36; Tuc
V = 10.3; Size 14'x11'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the largest HII region in the SMC and an amazing sight at 171x using a UHC filter. The brightest section is a "bar" extending NW-SE with a well-defined edge along the northern side. Extending from the central region are two sweeping "arms" or extensions, creating an exaggerated "S" appearance similar to a barred spiral galaxy! The longer but lower surface brightness arm is attached at the southeast end of the central region and broadly sweeps towards the west, below the bar. The shorter, but high surface brightness arm is attached at the northwest end and hooks towards the east. These extensions increase the diameter to 8'-10' in total size!
Without the filter, the nebula is set in a rich star field
(Hodge Association 45) and a number of stars are superimposed or involved with
the nebula, some in the center. NGC 346 hosts 33 O-type stars, several in a
small clump including a massive 02-type mag 12.8 star and a mag 12.6 O4-type
star. On the NE side is
10x30mm and 15x50mm: NGC 346 is easily visible in binoculars.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 346 = D 25 = h2370 on 1 Aug 1826. His published description (based on an observation on 5 Sep) reads "pretty large, pretty bright nebula, about 2.25' diameter, irregular round figure, resolvable, very slight condensation, not well defined at the edges."
John Herschel lists 5 observations in his Cape catalog: He first observed it on 11 Apr 1834 as "B, L, pmE, pretty gradually much brighter middle, 5', resolvable (ill seen, below the pole)." On a second sweep he called it "Cluster, imperfectly resolved; rather irregular figure; 5' diameter. Not equally condensed about centre; fades imperceptibly; has a double star (12th mag) in centre." His third observation was recorded as "B, L, irregularly round, gradually much brighter middle, 3' or 4' in extent, fades away insensibly." His next sweep was recorded as "B, L, neb with resolvable centre; irregularly extended into a kind of broad train as in figure, gently graduating away to the borders. 6' diameter." His final observation was logged as "B, L, irregular figure, with a star 13th mag in most compressed part." His published sketch is in the CGH catalogue on plate IV, figure 6.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 346 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 17 Dec 1875, with an "arm" attached on the NW end of bar, hooking to the east. It also shows a very small knot of stars about 0.8' NE of center (plate I, figure 4 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885"). He commented, "It is very unlike H.'s drawing and description; indeed I cannot trace any resemblance between that and its present appearance; and were it not for its position, and the fact that L.S. observed and sketched it on 5th February 1870, I should be in great doubt as to its being the proper object. The position, however, accords with that given by Herschel, and Le Sueur's sketch [unpublished plate VII, figure 79] is, in its general features, very like mine, so that there is no room for doubting its identity. The central portion is by far the brightest, being a cluster of stars so very distinct that they could almost be counted; and the nebula here also appears the most dense. From this point it proceeds s.f. for almost 1' 30", terminating in a few very faint stars. Towards the n.p. direction it forms a complete bend or hook, and is here very faint. A little n.f. the main or central portion is a very small and faint round patch, which at times looks like a cluster of very faint stars, but I cannot with certainty determine whether or not it be stars or only nebula, although the night is an exquisite one, being clear and steady."
Although a spectrum taken in 1919 at the Cordoba Observatory of Argentina clearly revealed a gaseous spectrum, Charles Perrine declared "the first true spiral which I have encountered that appears appears to consist almost wholly of gaseous nebulosity." (confusing the spiral morphology with a spiral galaxy).
******************************
01 01 35.2 -06 44 02; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, very small, round,
20" diameter, very weak concentration. Located 4' N of mag 7.5
Albert Marth discovered NGC 347 = m 28 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". This is the 4th in a group of 6
galaxies discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). At Marth's position is
But RNGC misidentifies
******************************
01 00 52.0 -53 14 41; Phe
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 91°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; NGC 348 and
ESO 151-018, situated 7' ENE of NGC 348, appeared fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.2', small bright core. The extensions fade out at the tips.
John Herschel discovered NGC 348 = h2371 on 3 Oct 1834 and
recorded "eF, S, R." On
a later sweep he noted "eeeF, seems to have a vF star involved." His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 349 = MCG -01-03-068 = PGC 3687
01 01 50.7 -06 47 59; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, broad concentration.
Located 4' E of mag 7.2 SAO 129088! Forms a close pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 349 = m 29 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". This is the fifth in a group of 6 galaxies discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is just 1' too far south (same offset as NGC 350).
******************************
NGC 350 = MCG -01-03-069 = PGC 3690
01 01 56.6 -06 47 45; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, very small, round, bright core. A mag 11 star is 1.2' E. Last of six in the NGC 349 group and forms a close pair with NGC 349 1.5' W. Located 6' W of a mag 7.2 SAO 129088.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 350 = m 30 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF." This galaxy is the last in a group of 6
he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is 1' S of
******************************
01 01 57.8 -01 56 12; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 142°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 NW-SE, broad concentration.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 351 = Sw. 3-3, along with NGC 353, on 4 Nov 1875. His rough RA for NGC 351 was 8 seconds too large. Stephan didn't confirm or publish the discovery, so didn't receive credit in the NGC.
Lewis Swift rediscovered both galaxies on 10 Nov 1885 and included them his 3rd discovery list, #3 and #4. His RA for NGC 351 was also 12 seconds too large. Bigourdan measured an accurate micrometric position on 25 Oct 1897 as well as Howe in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
01 02 09.2 -04 14 45; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 165°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x0.5', broadly concentrated with fainter extensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 352 = H. III-191 = h81 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and logged "vF, mE." His position was poor but John Herschel measured a fairly accurate (mean) position.
The position angle in Harold Corwin's ESGC and the Deep Sky Field Guide (first edition) is in error (10° or NNE-SSW), instead of 165° or NNW-SSE.
******************************
NGC 353 = UGC 641 = MCG +00-03-058 = CGCG 384-058 = PGC 3714
01 02 24.6 -01 57 28; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 26°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 351 7' WNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 353 = Sw. 3-4, along with NGC 351, on 4 Nov 1875. His rough RA for NGC 351 was 10 seconds too large. Stephan didn't confirm or publish the discovery, so didn't receive credit in the NGC.
Lewis Swift rediscovered both galaxies on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. The RA in his third discovery list, #4, was 9 seconds too large (similar offset as NGC 351).
******************************
01 03 16.3 +22 20 33; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 29°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, very small, slightly elongated, fairly high surface brightness. A mag 13 star is at the WNW end and a mag 11 star is 1' E. Located 3.3' NNW of mag 9.1 SAO 74452.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 354 = St. 12-10 on 5 Oct 1869. He published an accurate micrometric position made 12 years later on 24 Oct 1881 with the description "eF and S; R; a mag 14 star precedes by 1 sec".
******************************
01 03 06.9 -06 19 26; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
17.5" (9/26/92): extremely faint, very small,
round. Near my visual threshold
and only glimpsed with averted vision for moments. Located just 4' WNW of
Albert Marth discovered NGC 355 = m 31 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF, vS." His position matches
******************************
01 03 07.0 -06 59 17; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 70°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 3:2 SW-NE, very weak concentration. Located about 30' SE of the NGC 349 group (USGC S034).
Albert Marth discovered NGC 356 = m 32 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, iR." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 357 = MCG -01-03-081 = PGC 3768
01 03 21.9 -06 20 22; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.4'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
13.1" (9/3/86): moderately bright, small, compact, very bright core. A faint mag 14 star is at the ENE edge. NGC 355 4' WNW not seen in 13.1" but glimpsed in 17.5".
William Herschel discovered NGC 357 = H. II-434 = h82 on 10
Sep 1785 (sweep 435) and recorded "F, S, irr figure, bM,
resolvable." His position is
accurate. John Herschel observed this galaxy on 3 sweeps, logging on 10 Oct
1828: "F; R; suddenly brighter middle; to a *13m; 20" a *14 10 sec
nf." His position and
description is a perfect match with
******************************
01 05 10.9 +62 01 14; Cas
17.5" (11/6/93): consists of just four mag 11-12 stars in a 2'x1' trapezoid at the NGC position. This appears to be just a small asterism. 10' SE is also a scattered group in two detached sections elongated E-W with about a dozen mag 12-13.5 stars in each group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 358 on 4 Feb 1865 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen while observing h 83 = NGC 366. Harold Corwin suggests his description
(translated roughly from Latin) is "A cluster of several stars -- not many
members. Found when inspecting the
cluster h 83 [
******************************
01 04 16.9 -00 45 53; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 135°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, bright core. A mag 14.5 star is 1.2' SSE. Forms a pair with NGC 364 7' ESE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 359 = m 33, along with
******************************
01 02 51.4 -65 36 36; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 3.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 144°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; excellent
large, thin edge-on NW-SE with tapered tips, stretching ~2.5'x20". The center is slightly brighter with a
mottled or clumpy appearance. A faint double (mag 14.5/15) at ~12" is just
west of the southeast end. Two
bright stars are near; mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 360 = h2372 on 2 Nov 1834 and
remarked "eF, vmE, very little brighter middle; a Ray nebula, pos = 145.4°". His position and descriptions matches
******************************
01 02 11 -71 36 24; Tuc
V = 11.8; Size 1.6'
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright and large, round, 1'
diameter, weak concentration to center, grainy. A single star or clump was resolved. Located 4.5' SE of mag 7.8
James Dunlop discovered NGC 361 = D 54 = h2374 on 6 Sep
1826. After logging mag 7.8 HD
6222 (less than 5' NW), he recorded "a small round pretty well-defined
nebula, 15" or 20" diameter." His position was 7' too far SE, but in the same offset
direction as
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 361 on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) and noted "vF, L, oval, very gradually very much brighter in the middle." He listed the possible equivalence with D 55, which was the next object in the drift and offset 10' E of NGC 361. D 55 may refer to a pair of stars at 01 03 02 -71 33.2.
******************************
01 03 14 -70 50 54; Tuc
V = 6.5; Size 12.9'; Surf Br = 0.1
25" (10/27/22 - OzSky): at 318x; gorgeous globular that is highly resolved into a few hundred stars over the entire face of the cluster. The halo, which extends roughly to 8', was plastered with a large number of fairly brighter stars overlaying a dense layer of fainter stars. Strongly concentrated with a bright 2' circular core with a much higher stellar density that extends right up to a very small intensely bright nucleus. Situated 3.3° ENE of 47 Tucanae at the north tip of the LMC.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At 228x, NGC 362 appeared very bright and well-resolved into a couple of hundred stars! The rich halo was plastered with stars and extended to nearly 8' diameter. The 2' compressed core was well-concentrated to a blazing center (concentration class III). Stars appeared to stream out of the core in curving spiral lanes. This globular has a classic symmetric appearance with a prominent, round core and halo. NGC 362 is situated just north of the SMC, though 47 Tuc (NGC 104) overshadows the splendor of NGC 362.
Naked-eye (11/4/12 - Coromandel Peninsula, New Zealand): this 6.5-magnitude globular was just visible naked-eye to the north of the SMC.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 362 = D 62 on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a beautiful bright
round nebula, about 4' diameter, exceedingly condensed. This is a good
representation of the 2nd of the Connaissance des Temps [
John Herschel (h2375) reported it with his 18" reflector from the Cape of Good Hope on 12 Aug 1834 as a "Fine, highly condensed globular cluster; pretty suddenly brighter middle; diameter 4'." On 3 Nov 1834 he called it "very bright; very large; pretty suddenly very much brighter middle; round; 5' or 6' diameter; all resolved." Observing the next night, he recorded it as "a globular cluster; vB; very little extended; gradually very much brighter in the middle. Diameter of more condensed part approx. 60 sec in RA; but there are loose stars to a considerably greater distance, stars 13 or 14 mag all nearly equal and distinct, but run into a blaze in centre."
There was a 1.0 tmin error in reduction in the NGC position too far west. This error was noted in Harvard College Observatory NGC corrections based on plates taken with the Bruce telescope at Arequipa between 1898 and 1901 and repeated by Dreyer in the IC 2 notes.
******************************
01 06 15.8 -16 32 34; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 49°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, very small, round, 0.5' diameter, very small brighter core. A mag 12 star is 3' NNE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 363 = LM 1-23 on 28 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 1.5 min of RA
west of
******************************
NGC 364 = UGC 666 = MCG +00-03-069 = CGCG 384-067 = PGC 3833
01 04 40.8 -00 48 10; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 359 7' WNW. Plotted too far south on the first edition of the Uranometria 2000.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 364 = m 34, along with NGC 359, on 2 Sep 1864 and logged "vF, vS". Édouard Stephan made an observation on 28 Oct 1875.
The RNGC position is 3' too far south. CGCG doesn't identify its 384-067 as NGC 364 and the UGC position is 26' too far S!
******************************
01 04 18.7 -35 07 17; Scl
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 5°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter. A pair of mag 11/13 stars [45" separation] lie ~5' SE. Required averted vision to comfortably view this galaxy.
John Herschel discovered NGC 365 = h2373 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "F, S, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 20"." His
mean declination from two observations is ~1.3' S of
******************************
NGC 366 = Cr 9 = OCL-286 = Lund 37
01 06 26 +62 13 42; Cas
Size 3'
24" (1/4/14): small, rich group with 30 stars resolved in a 3' region at 260x, with several small knots of stars. On the south side is the multiple star STI 177 A/B/C = 12/12.9/13 at 3.8" and 10". Just 48" NE, is the 12" mag 12/13 D and E components with a fainter component at 7" and another close pair or triple is ~30" E. On the N end of the group is DAM 304 = 12/14 pair at 9". A string of mag 14-15 stars oriented SW-NE is on the west side of the main grouping.
17.5" (11/6/93): 10 stars mag 12-14 in a small 3' group. Consists of two mag 12-13 stars both of which form very close doubles and a tight trio of mag 13-14 stars on the east side. The rest are faint stars and the cluster is set over unresolved haze. Not impressive but stands out clearly in field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 366 = h83 on 27 Oct 1829 and reported a "small cl 2' in diam. Place that of the double star h 1070." His position, though, is 2' S of the double star.
******************************
01 05 48.9 -12 07 42; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/26/00): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low even surface brightness. Requires averted vision but visible ~80% of the time with concentration at 280x once identified in the eyepiece field. Elongation not noted so I probably only picked up the brighter central region.
17.5" (10/4/97): uncertain sighting. Possibly barely glimpsed on a couple of occasions using a GSC finder chart to pinpoint location and averted vision at 280x. No elongation noticed.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 367 = LM 2-299 in 1866 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
16.0, 1.0'x0.2', E 175°, bn, 3 st 12, np 30°. There is nothing at his position but 1 min of RA east is PGC
3894. This galaxy is elongated SSW-NNE (Muller's PA is nearly N-S) and his
description of three nearby stars matches this galaxy. RNGC misidentifies FGC 120 = PGC 90518,
an extremely thin edge-on, as NGC 367.
******************************
01 04 21.9 -43 16 36; Phe
V = 13.6; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7
24" (10/5/13): at 225x; very faint, very small, round,
18" diameter. Situated 3.1'
NE of mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 368 = h4012 on 5 Sep 1834 and logged "eeF; vS; N.f. a star 7-8 mag distant 3'." His position and description is accurate (after correcting for a 1 hr typo in RA).
******************************
01 05 08.9 -17 45 32; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 52°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, round, 0.8' diameter, gradually weak concentration. A similar pair of mag 10.7 and 11.1 stars oriented NW-SE lie 5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 369 = LM 1-24 on 9 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 3' S of ESO 541-017 = PGC 3856. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
01 06 44.6 +32 25 43; Psc
See observing notes for
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 370 = Au 5 on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. There is nothing at his single position, though he mentions a mag 13 star is 15" to the south.
Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 370 is possibly equal to NGC 372. This is a triple star found by Dreyer at Birr Castle on 12 Dec 1876 at a mean position of 01 06 44.6 +32 25 43 (2000). The triplet is about 10 seconds of time greater and 1' further north than d'Arrest's position and the separation for the north-south pair is close to his estimate. This identification is uncertain, but there is nothing else in the vicinity that matches.
******************************
NGC 371 = SMC-N76 = ESO 051-14 = Lindsay 71 = Kron 48 = SMC Ass 53
01 03 30 -72 03 24; Tuc
Size 8'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x
and UHC filter, NGC 371 is a fairly bright, prominent, round SMC nebulous
cluster, up to 6' in diameter with a fairly well-defined edge. The haze has a pretty consistent high
surface brightness and seems suspended in a large, scattered cluster or star
cloud (Hodge Association 53). A 5'
string of four mag 10-11 stars oriented NW-SE is superimposed on the glow (one
is mag 13.0 WR star SMC AB 7) as well as a number of fainter stars. SMC AB 6, another mag 12 WR binary, is
at the south end. This is an
excellent low power field with the striking HII region NGC 346 22' WSW and NGC
395/
10x30mm and 15x50mm IS binoculars: easily visible along with NGC 346.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 371 = D 31 = h2376 on 1 Aug 1826. Based on 5 observations he described it as "a pretty large unequally bright nebula, about 5' diameter, round figure, resolvable into stars of mixt magnitudes." His published position was 8' too far south, but the description fits. On 5 Sep 1826 he wrote "a large faint ill-defined nebula, irregular round figure, easily resolvable, about 5' diameter. This is the large faint nebula in the northern extremity or what I have called the 3 nebulae in the [Small]] Cloud."
John Herschel made 5 observations beginning on 11 Apr 1834, recording "cluster, 6th class; faint, round, 10' diameter, stars 15..18th mag." The next observation was logged as "vF, L, p rich cluster, 6th class. Stars 14..15th mag." On a third sweep he noted it as "a F, L, p compressed cl of 6th class. 10' diameter. gradually brighter in the middle; stars 12..16th mag - in some parts almost nebulous." The fourth observation was recorded as a "cluster 6th class; stars 12..15th mag, a few = 10th mag and one of 9th mag; much compressed in the middle; fills field and has loose straggling lines and crooks branching off." The final sweep was recorded as "F, L, cl; little compressed; gradually brighter in the middle; 7' diam; resolved into stars 14..16th mag." Herschel was very uncertain (??) if Dunlop 31 referred to this cluster.
******************************
01 06 44.6 +32 25 43; Psc
18" (11/18/06): faint triple star resolved at 280x. The components form a very small equilateral triangle 1' N of a mag 12 star with the components ~10" apart. The brightest component of the triple is at the north vertex and the other two are mag 15-15.5. NGC 370 may also refer to this multiple star.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 372 on 12 Dec 1876 with the 72" at Birr Castle and stated "the last nova [GC 5146 = NGC 372] looks at first sight like a hazy *, the higher power seems to resolve it, at all events sev luminous points were seen. Has a *12 in pos 166.5d, dist, 74"." This pins down the equivalence with a triple star with a mean position of 01 06 44.6 +32 25 43 (2000). Heinrich d'Arrest *possibly* also observed this triple star (or one or more of its components) on 7 Oct 1861 and it was catalogued as GC 197 = NGC 370.
******************************
01 06 58.2 +32 18 31; Psc
V = 14.9; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/18/06): extremely faint, very small, round, 15"-20" diameter. There appears to be a 15-16th magnitude star superimposed as a stellar point was sometimes visible offset from the center. Located on the SW side of the "Pisces Group", 9' SW of NGC 383.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated ~E-W. Located 8.3' SW of
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 373 on 12 Dec 1876 using the
72" at Birr Castle in the NGC 383 group. His description is simply "vF, vS" but he
accurately placed it 428" in PA 225.8° with respect to a mag 12.2 star
situated SSW of
******************************
01 07 05.8 +32 47 42; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 175°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus or mag 15 star is superimposed [SDSS shows a nucleus]. Located almost midway between two mag 14 stars 0.7' NE and 0.9' SW. Located about 25' N of the core of the NGC 383 group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 374 = Au 6 on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor at the observatory in Copenhagen. His single position is accurate and he noted it was "between 2 stars mag 15." The discovery was early enough to be included in Auwers 1862 list of new nebulae.
******************************
01 07 05.9 +32 20 53; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/18/06): very faint, extremely small, round,
15" diameter, weak concentration.
Situated ~2' W of a triangle of mag 12/13/14 stars (on the opposite side
from
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint and small, round. Three mag 12-13.5 stars forming an isosceles triangle with the long base oriented N-S are about 2' SE. Located 5.6' SW of NGC 383 in the core of the cluster. Forms a pair with NGC 373 2.8' SSW.
Lawrence Parsons, 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 375 on 1
Dec 1874 with his father's 72" and shown on the constructed sketch of the
entire Pisces Group in the 1880 publication. The GC and NGC position matches
******************************
01 03 53 -72 49 32; Tuc
V = 10.9; Size 1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; very bright, fairly
small, irregular or triangular shape, 35"-40" diameter. A half dozen stars were resolved within
the glow surrounded by a much fainter halo. Brighter and larger
Lindsay 60 is 16' ENE (see NGC 419 for notes) and Lindsay 66 is 18' NW. The latter resolved into three brighter stars in a small string oriented WSW-NNE [length of 21"]. At 397x, the middle "star" was a very small knot, ~6"-8" diameter. This is probably the core of the cluster. The three stars seem surrounded by an extremely low surface brightness halo.
Henize N63 and N64 are a fairly similar pair of compact emission nebulae 27' WNW. Both are ~30" in diameter and separated by 1.4' NW-SE. They were easily noticed at 397x with N63 on the NW side slightly brighter. The contast was increased at 244x through an NPB filter. A mag 12 star lies 0.7' NW of N63.
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, small, round, 30" diameter, a few individual stars or clumps are resolved. A 10' string of stars (Hodge Association 56) passing ~4' N and angles towards the NE. NGC 419 follows by 20'. Observation made through thin clouds.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 376 = D 36 = h2378, along with NGC 419, on 2 Sep 1826. He recorded (single observation) "a faint ill-defined nebula, about 1 1/2' diameter." His reduced position (from a drift) is 9.5' ENE, though matches his offset error in declination (about 3.5') for NGC 419. So despite a size estimate that's too large, the discovery appears highly likely.
John Herschel recorded this cluster on two sweeps: on 12 Aug 1834 he logged "pretty faint, small, round, resolvable, pretty compact." On a later sweep he recorded it as a "globular cluster, a vS, vB knot of visible stars 15 or 20" diameter almost like a solid mass." His position and description on both sweeps is accurate, although DeLisle Stewart reported erroneously (based on plates taken at Harvard's Aqrequipa station between 1898 and 1901) that this object was a "double star only, components 10" apart at 270° (E-W). Herschel credited Dunlop as the possible discoverer (D 36) in his General Catalogue but not the Cape Catalog.
******************************
01 06 34.8 -20 19 57; Cet
V = 15.1; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
24" (12/1/13): at 325x appeared extremely faint, small, round, 18" diameter. Visible perhaps 25% of the time as an extremely faint patch and too fleeting to detect an elongated shape. Forms the northern vertex of a triangle with a mag 14.5 star 6' SW and a mag 13.5 star 4.7' SE. A large scattered group of stars including several mag 10-11 lies ~10' E.
18" (12/3/05): not seen at 225x.
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, small, round, 20" diameter (core only viewed?). Only visible intermittently with averted and concentration (in fairly poor seeing) but sighting definite.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 377 = LM 1-25 on 15 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Based on the discovery sketch, Corwin
determined NGC 377 = ESO 541-019 = PGC 3931. This would place NGC 377 17' S of Leavenworth's rough
position, an unusual error in declination. ESO misidentifies 541-019 as possibly
******************************
01 06 12.1 -30 10 41; Scl
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 90°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
E-W, 1.2'x0.8'. A mag 11.5 star is
3' NNE. Located 8' WSW of mag 10.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 378 = h2377 on 28 Sep 1834 and
noted "vF, S, R, gradually little brighter middle, 15 arcseconds."
His position matches
******************************
01 07 15.7 +32 31 13; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 0°
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, 0.8'x0.5', broad concentration with a slightly brighter
core. Forms a similar pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S, even surface brightness. Forms a pair with similar NGC 380 2' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 379 = H. II-215 = h84, along with NGC 380 and NGC 383, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). He recorded the trio as "Three, F, vS, R, all in a row in the meridian, nearly of equal size, the distance between the two most south [NGC 383 and 383] is about double that of the other."
******************************
NGC 380 = Arp 331 NED2 = UGC 682 = MCG +05-03-051 = CGCG 501-081 = LGG 017-001 = PGC 3969
01 07 17.6 +32 28 59; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core. Forms a 2.2' pair with NGC 379 and 4.5' NNW of NGC 383 at the north end of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 379 2' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, round, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 380 = H. II-216 = h85, along with NGC 379 and NGC 383, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). See description under NGC 379.
******************************
01 08 18 +61 35; Cas
Size 6'
24" (1/4/14): nice group of ~75 stars, fairly uniformly distributed in a 6' group. A triple star (STI 185 = 10.8/12.5 at 9" and a third closer companion) is just north of center. The cluster is roughly circular with no denser patches, but it does include a number of faint stars so the appearance is fairly rich. Pretty well detached in the 50' field at 125x (less so on the north side).
17.5" (8/16/93): 40 stars mag 11-15 in loose 6' diameter, stands out best at 100x. The brightest mag 10.8 star is part of a triple along the north side. Fairly uniform in mag 12/13 stars with a scattering of faint stars, fairly even distribution with no rich regions. Not recognizable as a cluster at 220x.
17.5" (11/2/91): about three dozen stars in 6' diameter, fairly faint, roughly a circular group. Consists mostly of mag 12/13 stars. Includes a triple star (10.8/12.5/13 at 8"/~3") and two mag 11 stars on the west side. Several stars are arranged in strings. Relatively few stars in center. A line of mag 10 stars trail off to the north edge of field and the mag 10 star at the end of the string 11' N is a close double star.
8": ~30 stars in a circular group, bright curving string to the north. A mag 8 star is 10' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 381 = H. VIII-64 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and noted "a forming cluster of pretty compressed stars." In his second published catalogued he added "Caroline Herschel disc[overy] 1783".
Caroline Herschel is often attributed with the discovery of NGC 381 based on this comment, but her description places the intended cluster west of Gamma Cas (and east of Kappa) forming an isosceles triangle, but NGC 381 follows Gamma. NGC 225 forms a flat isosceles triangle with the two stars and Wolfgang Steinicke argues this was the observed cluster. The same conclusion was reached in the August 2007 issue of Sky & Tel.
******************************
NGC 382 = Arp 331 NED5 = VV 193b = UGC 688 = MCG +05-03-052 = CGCG 501-086 = LGG 018-002 = PGC 3981
01 07 23.9 +32 24 15; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'
18" (11/18/06): fairly faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, slightly brighter core, faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. Situated at the south edge of the halo of NGC 383 (the brighter member of the "Pisces Group"), just 30" from the center.
17.5" (9/23/00): very faint, extremely small, round, 20" diameter, very faint quasi-stellar nucleus at moments. This galaxy is the fainter of a close pair with NGC 383 in the Pisces group.
Supernova SN 2000dk (Type Ia) was discovered 5 days ago (18 Sept.) and was visible as a mag 15.5 "star" at the NW edge of the halo (5" W and 9" north of center). At the first glance using 280x, the galaxy appeared elongated in the direction of the SN, but in moments of better seeing, the SN was clearly resolved and similar in brightness to the nucleus of NGC 382.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, round. Forms a double system with much brighter NGC 383 30" NNE in a group.
13.1" (9/29/84): very faint, extremely small, round. Nearly attached to NGC 383.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 382 on 4 Nov 1850. It was labeled "Gamma prime" in his sketch of the Pisces Group. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this nebula on 26 Aug 1865 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. This is one of 5 galaxies discovered by Stoney on that night including NGCs 384, 385, 386 and 388.
******************************
NGC 383 = Arp 331 NED6 = VV 193a = UGC 689 = MCG +05-03-053 = CGCG 501-087 = LGG 018-003 = PGC 3982
01 07 24.9 +32 24 45; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
18" (11/18/06): fairly bright, moderately large, irregularly round, 1.3' diameter, broadly concentrated to a bright core that increases to a 6" nucleus. Forms an interacting pair with NGC 382 30" S of center. This galaxy is the brightest and largest member of the "Pisces Group" (at the southwest end of the Pisces-Perseus Supercluster) and is surrounded by 10 galaxies within 8'!
17.5" (9/19/87): brightest in the NGC 383 cluster. Fairly bright, moderately large, slightly
elongated, broadly concentrated halo.
Forms a double system with NGC 382 30" SW. NGC 380 is 4.5' NNW, NGC 379 6.8' NNW,
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly bright, almost round, bright core. Forms a double with NGC 382.
William Herschel discovered NGC 383 = H. II-217 = h86, along with NGC 379 and NGC 380, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). See description under NGC 379.
John Herschel made 3 observations and reported on 22 Nov 1827 (sweep 106), "pB; pL; gradually brighter in the middle." Both Herschel's missed NGC 382, only 30" S of center, perhaps as their magnification was too low.
******************************
NGC 384 = Arp 331 NED3 = UGC 686 = MCG +05-03-055 = CGCG 501-084 = LGG 017-002 = PGC 3983
01 07 25.0 +32 17 34; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 0.6'x0.5', fairly well concentrated with a small bright core. At the south end of the "Pisces Group" with NGC 385 1.7' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, slightly elongated, bright core. NGC 385 2' N and NGC 386 is 4.3' NNE in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 385.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 384 = Au 7 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Zeta" on his sketch of the Pisces Group. Heinrich d'Arrest rediscovered this galaxy (along with NGC 385) and measured an accurate position on 12 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. Auwers published d'Arrest's observation in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae and John Herschel credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC. Dreyer credited Lord Rosse, as well as d'Arrest, in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 385 = Arp 331 NED4 = UGC 687 = MCG +05-03-056 = CGCG 501-085 = LGG 018-004 = PGC 3984
01 07 27.2 +32 19 12; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, strong concentration with a bright 20" core. Located near the south end of the "Pisces Group" and appears slightly larger and brighter than nearby NGC 384 1.7' SSW. A trio of mag 12-13 stars lies 2'-3' WNW and the two northern stars are collinear with the galaxy.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Forms a trio with NGC 386 2.6' N and NGC 384 1.8' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, small bright core, similar to NGC 384.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 385 = Au 8 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Epsilon" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this galaxy on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen and measured an accurate position (4 measurements). d'Arrest's observation was included in Auwers 1862 catalogue of new nebulae and John Herschel credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC. Dreyer credited both LdR and d'Arrest when compiling the NGC.
******************************
NGC 386 = Arp 331 NED7 = MCG +05-03-057 = CGCG 501-088 = PGC 3989
01 07 31.3 +32 21 43; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6
18" (11/18/06): faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, gradually increases to a very small brighter core. Located 3.3' SSE of NGC 383 and on a line to the north of the NGC 384/385 pair in the core of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, round, bright core. Located 3.3' SSE of NGC 383 in a group. NGC 385 lies 2.6' S.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 386 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Delta" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group.
******************************
01 07 33.0 +32 23 28; Psc
V = 15.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'
18" (11/18/06): at 280x appeared very faint, very small, round, 8" diameter. This is perhaps the smallest and faintest NGC galaxy in the "Pisces Chain". Located 2' SE of NGC 383 and 2.5' N of NGC 386 in the heart of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint, round, almost stellar. Located 1.8' NNE of NGC 386 and 2.1' SE of NGC 383 in the NGC 383 group. Not 100% certain of its non-stellar appearance.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 387 on 10 Dec 1873 with Lord
Rosse's 72" and included it on the sketch that was made of the cluster
(later labeled as GC 5149), along with offsets from NGC 383. The GC (5149) and NGC position matches
******************************
01 07 47.1 +32 18 36; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 168°
18" (11/18/06): at 280x appeared faint, small, round, 20" diameter. Located 4.5' E of the NGC 384/385 pair at the south end of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87):extremely faint and small, round, size 10"-15". Located 5'-6' E of NGC 385 in the NGC 383 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 388 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Theta" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group.
******************************
01 08 30.0 +39 41 44; And
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 54°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, elongated 2:1
SW-NE, even surface brightness. A
mag 11 star is just off the NE edge 0.7' from center which detracts from
viewing. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 389 = Sw. 2-12 on 6 Sep 1885 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 30 sec of RA west and 1.5' north of
******************************
01 07 54.4 +32 25 59; Psc
= *, Corwin.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 390 = Big. 9 on 19 Nov 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory and recorded "mag 13.4-13.5; stellar aspect". According to Harold Corwin (private correspondence), Bigourdan's offsets match a star at 01 07 54 +32 25 59 (2000). This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae"
RNGC misidentifies
******************************
01 07 22.6 +00 55 33; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, round, 24" diameter, very small bright core increasing to a bright stellar nucleus. Situated within a group of stars including a mag 10.7 star 1.7' NNW.
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, very small, round,
compact, well-defined edge, small bright core. Located 1.7' SSE of a mag 10 star and 4.4' NNE of mag 9.5
George Phillips Bond discovered NGC 391 = HN 3 = Au 9 on 8
Jan 1853 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor while taking micrometric
positions of stars for the Harvard Zone Catalogue. He noted a "faint
nebula, 1' 30" south following star number 32 [11th magnitude]."
At this exact position is
******************************
01 08 23.5 +33 08 00; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 50°
24" (10/5/13): brightest member of the
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, round, bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1' SW. Brightest of three (KTG 3) with NGC 394 1' NE and NGC 397 2' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 392 = H. II-218 = h87 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and simply noted "F, resembling the foregoing [NGC 379, 380, 383]." He missed the nearby galaxies NGC 394 and 397, as well did John Herschel.
John Herschel observed NGC 392 on 16 Nov 1827 (sweep 102): "pF; bM nearly to a *; between 2 stars". A mag 13 star is 1' SW, but no corresponding star to the NE. Perhaps the second "star" was NGC 394?
******************************
NGC 393 = UGC 707 = MCG +06-03-015 = CGCG 520-018 = V Zw 52 = PGC 4061
01 08 37.0 +39 38 39; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, sharp concentration, faint halo, two mag 13/13.5 star are 1.2' WNW and 1.6' NW with a separation of 36". Forms a pair with NGC 389 3.3' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 393 = H. I-54 = h88 on 5 Oct 1784 during sweeps 281-285, which were made in the east (not in Caroline's fair copy of the sweeps). On 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) he recorded "pB, S, R, very gradually brighter middle." John Herschel logged on 1 Oct 1828 (sweep 183), "vF; vS; lE; gradually brighter in the middle; 10". Allowing the moon & c. this cannot be a 1st class neb [as his father placed it]; no other neb near it." In the GC notes, John Herschel mentioned "This [h88] is not the I. 54 of the P.T, which proved to be one of Messier's nebulae, but another subsequently inserted by WH, so as not to break the order of the numbers..." Both Herschels missed nearby NGC 389 (discovered by Lewis Swift).
******************************
NGC 394 = MCG +05-03-063 = CGCG 501-095 = Holm 36b = KTG 3B = PGC 4049
01 08 26.0 +33 08 52; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.5'x0.2'; Surf Br = 11.3; PA = 135°
24" (10/5/13): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 0.4'x0.2', small brighter core. Second brightest in a small triplet (KTG 3) with brighter NGC 392 1.0' SW and NGC 397 2.6' SSE.
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, oval NW-SE, small brighter core. In a group with NGC 392 1' SW and NGC 397 3' SSE.
R.J. Mitchell, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 394 on 26 Oct 1854. His described GC 212 (later NGC 392) as "B, S, R, bM. [John Herschel] described it as between 2 stars. I think the northernmost one is a nebula [NGC 394] of same character but smaller." There are two entries for this galaxy in the GC, the second (GC 215) refers to Heinrich d'Arrest's independent discovery on 22 Aug 1862. d'Arrest recognized his object was first seen at Parsonstown in a note in his 1865 catalogue. Dreyer combined the two GC entries in the NGC with credit given to both d'Arrest and LdR.
******************************
01 05 07.9 -71 59 37; Tuc
Size 2'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): easily picked up in the same field as brighter NGC 371. At 171x, this object appeared as a moderately bright 4' round knot of mag 14 or fainter stars with a good response to the UHC filter (the emission component is SMC-N78). The surface brightness was fairly high with the filter although Hartung just described this object as a "star group". NGC 395 forms a pair with IC 1624 3.2' SSE. Located 8' NE of NGC 371.
IC 1624 appeared about half the size of NGC 395, roughly 1' in diameter with a mottled appearance and no central condensation or resolution. A mag 13 star is close west with a mag 11 star 2' W (supergiant SK 118). A very small nebulous knot (SMC-N78C) was also noted ~2' SE. A large, scattered group of stars (OB-association) is superimposed on the field.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 395 = D 35 = D 34 = h2379 on 1 Aug 1826. He described D 35 (handwritten notes) as "a very faint ill defined nebula, rather elongated, with a star south of it." His notebook position is 9' to the SSE. D 34, found on a drift on 5 Sep 1826 and described as "a faint elliptical nebula", was placed 7' due south.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 395 on 5 Nov 1836 and recorded "very faint, pretty large, round, gradually a little brighter in the middle; 2' across."
Delisle Stewart photographed this object at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901. He noted it was a "Group of about 10 stars, not a nebula."
******************************
01 08 08.4 +04 31 51; Psc
V = 15.2; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated. Required averted vision
to identify with GSC finder chart but with concentration I could just hold it
steadily. Located 2.1' NNW of a
mag 13 star. By a remarkable
coincidence, Saturn was in the same low power field just 15' due S! Best view of NGC 396 at 280x with
Saturn sufficiently out of field to avoid any glare. Misidentified in the RNGC (
Albert Marth discovered NGC 396 = m 35 on 27 Oct 1864 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, S, lE." Harold Corwin notes that a faint galaxy
(
******************************
NGC 397 = MCG +05-03-064 = CGCG 501-096 = KTG 3C = PGC 4051
01 08 31.0 +33 06 33; Psc
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (10/5/13): faintest in the KTG 3 triplet with brighter NGC 392 2.2' NW and NGC 394 2.5' NNW. At 375x appeared fairly faint, small, 15"x12", slightly elongated SW-NE, very weak concentration.
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint and small, slightly elongated, very low even surface brightness. Faintest of three with NGC 392 2' NW.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 397 on 6 Dec 1866. While observing GC 212 = NGC 392 he noted a "suspected
neb preceded by a vF*". The
closest match is
******************************
01 08 53.6 +32 30 52; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 135°
18" (11/18/06): very faint, very small, round, 10" diameter. Member of the "Pisces Group" (z = 0.016), though located 20' NE of NGC 383.
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint and small, round, low
surface brightness. Requires
averted to see well.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 398 = Big. 10 on 28 Oct 1886 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 399 = UGC 712 = MCG +05-03-067 = CGCG 501-101 = LGG 018-005 = PGC 4096
01 08 59.2 +32 38 03; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
18" (11/18/06): this member of the NGC 383 group ("Pisces Group") appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 0.7'x0.45', weak even concentration.
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, slightly elongated N-S,
even concentration to bright core, substellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 399 on 3 Oct 1869 and
recorded a rough unpublished position 1' NE in his logbook. I assume his target was nearby NGC 403,
which was discovered by d'Arrest in 1862.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 399 again on 7
Oct 1874 and noted a "small nebula" 464.3" (7.7') in PA 205.4°
(SSW) from GC 217 = NGC 403. This
offset matches
******************************
01 09 02.5 +32 43 57; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 400 on 30 Dec 1866. He placed his object, with respect to GC 217 = NGC 403, at a
separation of 151" (2.5') in PA 242° (WSW). At this offset is a very faint star at 01 09 02.5 +32 43
57.
******************************
01 09 07.7 +32 45 35; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72" telescope, discovered NGC 400 on 30 Dec 1866. He placed his object, with respect to GC 217 = NGC 403, at a separation of roughly 110" in PA 291.3°. At this offset is a very faint star at 01 09 07.7 +32 45 35. This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae. "GC 5153 = NGC 400, described in the same observation by Ball, is also a faint star!
******************************
01 09 13.3 +32 48 23; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 402 on 7 Oct 1874 with his father's 72" and recorded a "faint nebulous knot" and placed 281.7" in PA 353° from star 1 in the sketch. This star is 87.3" in PA 177° from NGC 403 and has a position of 01 09 15.7 +32 43 42 (2000). This offset points to a very faint star at 01 09 13.3 +32 48 23 (2000). This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae"
******************************
NGC 403 = UGC 715 = MCG +05-03-068 = CGCG 501-104 = LGG 018-006 = PGC 4111
01 09 14.1 +32 45 07; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 86°
18" (11/18/06): fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, ~1.3'x0.4', sharp concentration with a small, very bright core. The extensions are fairly low surface brightness but appear a bit asymmetric; possibly misaligned at slightly different angles or slightly different widths. A group of four stars nearly forming a trapezoid is close south. Located ~30' NE of the core of the NGC 383 group ("Pisces Group") and one of the brightest members of the cluster.
17.5" (12/23/89): moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, bright core, small bright nucleus. Four mag 10-13 stars are close south. Brightest of a trio with MCG +05-03-071 = CGCG 501-105 2' SE and NGC 399 8' SW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 403 on 29 Aug 1862 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
01 09 26.9 +35 43 05; And
V = 10.3; Size 3.5'x3.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (10/13/01): bright, fairly large, round, at least 2' diameter. Contains a bright 30" core that increases steadily to a bright stellar nucleus. Located 7' NW of mag 2.1 Beta Andromedae (Mirach), which detracts somewhat from viewing.
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, round, bright stellar nucleus. Located 7' NW of Beta Andromedae (V = 2.1)!
William Herschel discovered NGC 404 = H. II-224 = h89 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271). He recorded "pretty bright (not withstanding the light of Beta Andromeda, which is in the field with it), considerably large, round, brighter in the middle."
The observers on Lord Rosse's 72" tried to resolve this nebula. R.J. Mitchell reported on 16 Oct 1855, "pL, B. I have no doubt it is a cluster. The faint borders of the nebula extend a long way out, involving several stars."
******************************
01 08 33.9 -46 40 05; Phe
= Double star 7.3/8.3 at 1.2", Corwin and ESO.
John Herschel discovered NGC 405 = h2380 on 6 Sep 1834 and
recorded "After a long and obstinate examination with all powers and
apertures, I cannot bring it to a sharp disc and leave it, in doubt whether it
be a star or not. The star [Beta Phe] immediately preceding offered no such
difficulty, giving a good disc with 320." This is clearly a double star on the Southern Sky Survey
(
******************************
01 07 24.4 -69 52 33; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 3.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 160°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this interesting edge-on is fairly bright, large, elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, ~2.5'x0.8'. Contains a large, elongated core. Emerging from the east edge of the north end of the core is an extremely thin extension or arm that stretches north-northwest. A fainter, less obvious arm is attached at the west edge of the south end of the central region. In addition there appears to be a faint star or knot involved [images reveal a star superimposed south of the core]. This galaxy is located 1° NNE of the bright globular cluster NGC 362 and 3° NNE of the center of the SMC!
John Herschel discovered NGC 406 = h2381 on 6 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, R, vL, very gradually little brighter middle, 3'
dia.". His position matches
******************************
01 10 36.5 +33 07 35; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 N-S, bright core.
Faintest of three with
13.1" (8/23/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S, NGC 410 5' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 407 = H. II-219, along with NGC 410, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). He described both as "Two, eF and vS. The following [NGC 410] the largest." He gave a single position, roughly between the two galaxies. Just prior in the sweep he discovered the trio NGC 379, 380 and 383, as well as the NGC 392, which itself is the brightest in a trio.
Édouard Stephan (XIII-9) independently discovered the galaxy
on 2 Oct 1883 at the Marseilles Observatory and published an accurate
position. Herman Schultz also
measured a precise micrometric position and recorded a nearby star as a
"nova" (
******************************
01 10 51.1 +33 09 05; Psc
= * 1.6' W of NGC 410, Gottlieb and Carlson. Incorrect identification in the RNGC. 17.5" (12/23/89): (R)NGC 408 not found.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 408 = Nova III on 22 Oct 1867
with the 9.6-inch refractor at the Uppsala Observatory. Schultz placed this object just 8 tsec
of RA preceding NGC 410. At this
offset is a mag 14.5 star at 01 10 51.1 +33 09 05 (2000), which almost
certainly is his object. RNGC
misidentified
******************************
01 09 33.2 -35 48 21; Scl
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30"
diameter. Located just 45" SE
of a mag 13 star. Identified at
280x after missing at 220x.
Brighter than
John Herschel discovered NGC 409 = h2382 on 29 Nov 1837 and
reported "eF, R, S, near a vS star." His position is 8 sec of RA east
and 2' north of
******************************
NGC 410 = UGC 735 = MCG +05-03-080 = CGCG 501-118 = Mrk 562 = PGC 4224
01 10 58.9 +33 09 07; Psc
V = 11.5; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 30°
17.5" (12/23/89): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, broadly concentrated halo, stellar nucleus. In a trio with NGC 407 5' WSW and NGC 414 5' SE. Part of a large group (USGC U045).
13.1" (9/29/84): brightest of 3, fairly bright, bright core, slightly elongated SW-NE, NGC 414 4.5' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 410 = H. II-220, along with NGC 407, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). He recorded the pair together as "Two. The preceding faint, very small. The following pretty large". Herman Schultz measured an accurate position at Uppsala.
******************************
NGC 411 = NGC 422 = ESO 051-019 = Kron 60 = Lindsay 82
01 07 55.9 -71 46 04; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
faint, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. At 228x, appeared as a low surface brightness glow with a
very weak concentration and no sign of resolution. Located 5' NW of mag 8.6
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
fairly faint SMC cluster was immediately noticed in the same lower power field
while viewing NGC 395/IC 1624 about 20' SW. At 128x it appeared fairly small, round, ~1.5' diameter,
mottled but with no resolution.
Located 5.3' NW of mag 8.6 HD 7031 and 13' ESE of mag 7.4
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 411 = D 57? = h2384 on 6 Sep 1826. He logged "a small faint nebula, about 15" diameter", though the reduced position was 19' too far SE. But the previous object in the drift was noted as a 7th mag star and assuming this refers to mag 7.4 HD 6623, it was also offset 18' in the same direction. Some doubt remains as this cluster might be too faint to have been noticed in Dunlop's 9" speculum reflector.
John Herschel discovered NGC 411 in Sep 1835 (sweep 625?)
and recorded "vF, pL, R, very little brighter middle; 2'." His position is accurate. On 5 Nov 1836 (sweep 745) he logged a
similar description and position, but Harold Corwin found the RA minute (1 tmin
too large) was miscopied into his table of "Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters
in the Nubecula Minor" and it received the designations GC 231 and NGC
422. So, NGC 411 = NGC 422, with NGC
411 the primary designation. See
entry for
Delisle Stewart first photographed NGC 411 at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described it in a list of NGC corrections: "as in NGC, but round, small, stellar, cB."
******************************
01 10 18 -20 01; Cet
= Not found, RNGC and Corwin.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 412 = LM 1-26 on 15 Oct
1885 with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and
simply noted "Neb?" There is nothing near Leavenworth's
position. Corwin examined the
discovery sketch, but it wasn't of much help and he was unable to recover this
object (or even identify it with a star).
ESO lists
******************************
01 12 31.5 -02 47 37; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 151°
17.5" (8/4/97): very faint, diffuse glow located 1.3' SSE of a mag 13.5-14 star. The galaxy is roundish and ~1' in diameter with little or no concentration. The star to the north is preceded by a mag 14-14.5 star 1.4' W. The RNGC identification at 01 12 31.5 -02 47 38 is probably incorrect and this number was deleted from DSFG.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 413 = LM 2-301 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His very rough position (to nearest
minute of RA and given as doubtful) is 2 tmin west of
******************************
NGC 414 = UGC 744 = CGCG 501-123 = IV Zw 39 = WBL 031-004 = PGC 4254
01 11 17.6 +33 06 48; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 23°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 21"x14" NW-SE with a very faint halo extending SW-NE. This is a merged double system with twin nuclei NW-SE, separated by only ~7". I suspected it to be double at 375x and it was definitely "resolved" at 500x. The brighter NW nucleus (higher surface brightness) was ~6" diameter and appeared more centered in the halo. The southeast nucleus (~5" diameter) was nearly attached as a round, tiny "bulge" or knot.
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, elongated NW-SE. Third of three with NGC 410 5' NW and NGC 407 8.4' W. NGC 414 consists of a merged pair of compacts, though they were not resolved.
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, thin streak NW-SE, weak concentration.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 414 = Nova IV on 15 Oct 1866
with the 9.6-inch Steinheil & Söhne refractor at Uppsala Observatory. His micrometric position is
accurate. This appears to be the only
galaxy in the NGC that Schultz discovered first. He independently discovered NGC 20, but it was discovered
earlier at Birr Castle. He
discovered NGC 90 but it was found earlier at Birr Castle (GC 40). Another is
This is a double or merged system with two nuclei. The companion on the southeast side is
catalogued separately as
******************************
NGC 415 = ESO 352-014 = MCG -06-03-024 = PGC 4161
01 10 05.7 -35 29 27; Scl
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter (probably only viewed the core). Required averted vision at 280x and could not hold it steadily. NGC 409 is located 20' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 415 = h2383 on 1 Sep 1834 and
noted "vF, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 20"." On a later
he called it "vF, S, R, gradually little brighter middle, 15"."
Herschel's mean position matches
******************************
01 07 59.0 -72 21 20; Tuc
V = 11.8; Size 1.1'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. A mag 13 star lies 1' N. Located in a rich faint star field 31' N of NGC 419 and 27' SE of the large, nebulous cluster NGC 371.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 416 = h2386 = D 42 or D 43? on 5 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector. He described D 42 as a "round well-defined nebula, about 30" diameter." His position was 13.5' SE of the cluster. D 43, logged on a separate drift on the same date, was called "a small round nebula, 8" diameter, bright at the centre" and placed 12' ENE. Either or both entries might apply.
John Herschel made 4 certain observations at the Cape. His earliest was on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441), with description "F; S; R; 30". On other sweeps he noted sizes up to 60" and his positions are accurate. Herschel didn't reference a Dunlop number, probably because of the poor positions.
******************************
01 11 05.5 -18 08 54; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Can almost hold continuously with averted vision after identified at 280x. Very weak if any concentration. No brighter stars in field.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 417 = LM 2-300 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His RA is 0.4 min west of
******************************
01 10 35.5 -30 13 17; Scl
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 19°
24" (11/7/18): at 200x; fairly faint, large, very
diffuse, 2' diameter, low surface brightness. Broad concentration with a slightly brighter core
region. The visual brightness
profile corresponded with a face-on spiral and this was verified afterwards on
the DSS.
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, slightly elongated, fairly small, 1.2' diameter, low surface brightness though slight broad concentration, gradually fades into the background. A mag 14 star is 2' S. Located 7' S of a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 418 = h2385 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "not vF, pL, R, gradually brighter in the middle,
60"." On a later sweep
he noted "F, R, very gradually little brighter middle, 40", the
preceding of two [with
******************************
NGC 419 = ESO 029-33 = Lindsay 85
01 08 17.6 -72 53 04; Tuc
V = 10.6; Size 2.6'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): this SMC cluster appeared extremely bright, large, round, 2' diameter, strong concentration with a relatively large bright core. The halo was mottled but no individual stars were resolved.
Lindsay 80, located 8' NNW, appeared fairly faint, slightly elongated and irregular, 30"-35" diameter. A mag 13.8 star is at the west edge. A mag 11 star is 1.6' SSE and a mag 11.3 star is 2.9' E.
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, large, impressive, large bright core, fainter halo, 2' diameter. Mottled and lively but not resolved. A mag 9 star lies 8' S and a mag 7 star lies 9' SE.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): quite
bright, fairly large, round, 1.8' diameter, moderately concentrated, granular
but no resolution. Appears like an
unresolved globular cluster with a very symmetrical appearance although
classified as a rich open cluster.
Located 9' NW of mag 7
James Dunlop discovered NGC 419 = D 38 = h2387 on 1 Aug 1826. He described D 38 as "a very small oval nebula about 10" diameter, a little brighter in the middle with a very small star south of it. A star 7 or 8th mag following [HD 7187]." His position was off by 7' to the SSE (similar offset as NGC 395) and the description matches. He made a second observation on 6 Sep 1826 and called it "a pretty bright round nebula preceding a star 6th or 7th magnitude, rather elliptical, gradually a little condensed to the center, well defined with two minute stars following but not involved." His position was off by 4' SE and the description is an exact match. D 39, recorded on 2 Sep and placed 4' NE, might be another observation although the description is a poor match: "a rather faint nebula, about 2' long, extended in the direction of the meridian, easily resovable."
D 39 as a "pretty bright round nebula preceding a star 6th or 7th magnitude [HD 7187]. Rather elliptical, gradually a little condensed to the center. Well defined with two minute stars [11th mag] following, but not involved." His position was 4.5' to the SE and the description is an excellent match. D 39 may another observation from 2 Sep 1826.
John Herschel reported 4 observations in his Cape catalogue, first on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) as "pB; pL; R; 2'. Has two stars near". His position and description are accurate. Herschel gave a possible equivalence with D 36, though that entry more likely applies to NGC 376.
******************************
01 12 09.6 +32 07 24; Psc
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, moderately large, round, bright core, large fainter halo. Located 10' W of STF 98 = 7.0/8.0 at 20".
William Herschel discovered NGC 420 = H. III-154 = h90,
along with
Harold Corwin mentions that since Herschel's commented the "following is the largest", the higher number Herschel designation (III-155 = NGC 421) should apply to the galaxy, but "all the observers have assigned the preceding number (H III-154 = NGC 420)" to the galaxy.
******************************
01 12 12 +32 07; Psc
= Not found, Carlson.
William Herschel discovered NGC 421 = H. III-155, along with NGC 420 = III-154 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged both as "Two. Both eF, vS. The following [NGC 421] is the largest." Dreyer notes there was no mention in the sweep of the separation between the objects and that only a single galaxy was observed by John Heschel, Bigourdan, and at Birr Castle. Perhaps William Herschel thought that NGC 420 was double? In any case, although the original description seems to imply that NGC 421 should be the number of the single galaxy here, everyone has assigned NGC 420 to the galaxy. See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
NGC 422 = NGC 411 = ESO 051-019 = Kron 60 = Lindsay 82
01 07 55.9 -71 46 01; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'
See observing notes for NGC 411. The cluster previously assumed to be NGC 422 is
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very faint, small, 30" diameter, low surface brightness and no hint of resolution. Follows NGC 411 by 7' and forms the eastern vertex of an equilateral triangle with NGC 411 and a mag 8 star 6' SW. Observation made through thin haze.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this faint SMC cluster is located 7' following NGC 411. At 228x it appeared as just a very faint knot, less than 1' diameter with a low surface brightness and no resolution. Located 5.5' NE of mag 8.6 HD 7031.
John Herschel discovered NGC 422 in 1836 with his 20-foot
(18") reflector and it was included as #162 in his catalogue of
"Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters in the Nubecula Minor". His position was 30 seconds of RA west
(very small offset at this declination) of
But Harold Corwin found that the entry #162 in "Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters in the Nubecula Minor" actually derives from Herschel's second observation of NGC 411 = h2384 ("eF; pL; R; gradually little brighter middle 2'.") on sweep 745 (5 Nov 1836) though he accidentally increased the RA by 1.0 tmin. So, NGC 411 has two entries in this table (both indicated as deriving from a sweep with his 18") -- #162, which is 1.0 minute of RA too large, and #157, which was copied correctly. Entry #162 later acquired the numbers GC 231 and NGC 422. So, NGC 422 = NGC 411 with NGC 411 the primary designation.
The cluster previously assumed to be NGC 422 was later discovered by DeLisle Stewart on plates taken in 1900 at Harvard's station in Arequipa, Peru and received the designation IC 1641. Instead, IC 1641 has been misidentified as a very faint cluster (Hodge-Wright 62) just following the real IC 1641. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 423 = ESO 412-011 = MCG -05-04-004 = PGC 4266
01 11 22.2 -29 14 04; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 114°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 ~E-W, even surface brightness.
Located 7' S of mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 423 = h2388 on 14 Nov 1835 and recorded "vF, S, E, gradually little brighter middle." Two sweeps later he logged it as "eF, S, lE, 20", following of two [with NGC 418]." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 11 27.6 -38 05 01; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/4/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.6', brighter core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 424 = h2389 on 30 Nov 1837 and
logged "vF, S, R, gradually little brighter middle, 18 arcsec." His position matches
******************************
01 13 02.6 +38 46 06; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (8/16/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, 0.8'x0.6', fairly even high surface brightness. A mag 11 star is just off NW edge [29" from center].
Truman Safford discovered NGC 425 = Sf. 62 = St. 10-4 on 29 Oct 1866 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory and recorded "pS, pB, gar[?] bM." Édouard Stephan (X-4) discovered the galaxy again on 5 Oct 1869 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. He published an accurate micrometric position made 12 years later on 24 Oct 1881 (discovery list 10, #4) with the description "faint, small, round, weak condensation, tangent on the NW with a mag 11 star." Dreyer credited Stephan with the discovery in the NGC as Safford's discovery list was published in 1887, too late for Dreyer to see.
******************************
01 12 48.6 -00 17 25; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated 4:3 NW-SE, prominent bright core. First of trio with
William Herschel discovered NGC 426 = H. III-592 = h91, along with NGC 429 and reobserved NGC 430, on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655). The trio were recorded together as "Three, the place is that of the last [NGC 430], which is the largest and most north, faint, small. The next in size is about 2 or 3' sp [NGC 426], very faint, very small. The last [NGC 429] is about 5' south of the 1st; extremely faint, extremely small, not verified." NGC 430 had been discovered on 1 Oct 1785 using the Newtonian focus, but had failed to see the two companions, which were noticed using the front view (without a secondary).
John Herschel reobserved this galaxy on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113) as "very faint; round; suddenly brighter middle."
******************************
01 12 19.2 -32 03 41; Scl
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (only core viewed?). Required averted vision and a finder chart to identify at 280x. Located in a sparse field. A couple of very faint nearby stars were not recorded.
John Herschel discovered NGC 427 = h2390 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "Rather doubtful, but I strongly incline to the suspicion of its
being a vF neb with 2 vS stars near it". On a second sweep (#635) he noted "I believe it only 3
vF st, but yet there remains a suspicion of nebulosity." His position is just 1.3' S of
******************************
01 12 55.6 +00 58 54; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 4.1'x3.1'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 120°
48" (11/4/21): at 488x; very large and unusual asymmetric knotty spiral. Contains a very patchy spiral arm and and an ill-defined irregular halo. The halo is elongated ~4:3 SW-NE and ~3' in diameter. The brighter central region has a very weak concentration with no core or nucleus. The halo is more extensive on the south side (so the central region is offset to the north), spreading within 0.8' of a 6" pair of mag 13/13.5 stars. A mag 12 star is 1.9' NW of center (outside the halo).
A faint, 10" HII knot ([HK83] #10/12 in the Hodge-Kennicutt Atlas of HII regions) is ~50" SE of center. A patchy, arcing train of knots (brightest part of the northern spiral arm), ~1' in length, is a similar distance on the NW side. The brightest individual knot ([HK83] #44) is ~8" diameter and situated at its south end [0.7' WNW of cneter]. A fainter patch is at the north end [0.7' N of center].
24" (12/22/14): bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3
~NW-SE, mottled irregular appearance, broad weak concentration. With averted vision the halo increased
in size to ~2.5'x2.0'. A
quasi-stellar HII region, catalogued [HK83] 44-46, occasionally popped as a very
small detached knot, ~6" diameter.
This is the brightest in a series of blue HII knots on the NW side of
the outer core [45" WNW of center].
NGC 428 forms the SE vertex of an isosceles triangle with mag 8.7 HD
7208 6' W and mag 8.6
13.1" (9/3/86): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
~N-S, weak concentration. A mag 13
star is at the NW edge 1.8' from center.
Forms the vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 8.5 stars SAO
109728 and
William Herschel discovered NGC 428 = H. II-622 on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) and noted "F, R, bM, easily resolvable." Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate micrometric position on 30 and 31 Oct 1864.
******************************
NGC 429 = UGC 762 = MCG +00-04-037 = CGCG 385-027 = PGC 4368
01 12 57.4 -00 20 43; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 19°
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, very small, slightly elongated, bright core. A mag 14 star is 1' N. Faintest of three with NGC 430 6' N and NGC 426 4' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 429 = H. III-593 = h92, along with NGC 426 and reobserved NGC 430, on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655). He recorded the trio together as "They were recorded together as "Three, the place is that of the last [NGC 430], which is the largest and most north, faint, small. The next in size is about 2 or 3' sp [NGC 426], very faint, very small. The last [NGC 429] is about 5' south of the 1st; extremely faint, extremely small, not verified."
******************************
NGC 430 = UGC 765 = MCG +00-04-039 = CGCG 385-029 = PGC 4376
01 13 00.0 -00 15 09; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 155°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, prominent small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is 1' SSW. Brightest in a group with NGC 429 6' S and NGC 426 3.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 430 = H. II-447 = h93 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and noted "extremely faint, very small, 240x confirmed it with difficulty but left no doubt." The discovery was made at the Newtonian focus. He made a second observation the following year using the front view (without a secondary) and discovered both NGC 426 and 429. John Herschel reported on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), "F; R; very suddenly brighter in the middle to a star."
******************************
01 14 04.5 +33 42 15; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 2.5' SW of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 431 = h95 on 22 Nov 1827 and recorded "F; S; very suddenly brighter in the middle". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 11 46.3 -61 31 40; Tuc
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 126°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; fairly faint, small, round, 25". Contains a small bright nucleus that gradually increases to a faint stellar peak. Located 35' NE of mag 5.35 Iota Tucanae. NGC 432 is the brightest member of the unstudied cluster ACO S137 (distance ~365 million l.y., richness class 0).
I didn't make a careful survey of possible cluster members
but picked up the following two galaxies:
John Herschel discovered NGC 432 = h2391 on 6 Oct 1834 and logged "F, S, R." No position was determined on that sweep. On a later sweep he noted "pF, S, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 15 arcseconds, has a star 12th mag following" and commented the "place is liable to some error".
******************************
01 15 09 +60 07 36; Cas
Size 3'
24" (1/4/14): the most distinctive part of this cluster is a mag 9.3 star surrounded by a 2' cloud (mostly south) of ~15 mag 13-14 stars. A mag 11 star is at the NW corner, a 50" pair of mag 11 stars is at the SE end and a mag 11.5 star is at the SW corner. A small string of stars extends from the mag 9.3 star to the southwest.
17.5" (8/16/93): 30 stars mag 10-14 in a 6' triangular outline although very few stars are inside the triangle. The mag 10 star at the north vertex is surrounded (mostly on the south side) by a rich subgroup of faint stars, including at least three close multiple systems. Mag 8.7 SAO 22122 is just south of the triangle and 8' SSW of the mag 10 star in the cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 433 = h94 on 29 Sep 1829 and described a "star 8m the chief of a small loose cluster." The mag 9.3 star is on the north side of the cluster. Robert Ball observed the cluster using the 72" at Birr Castle and logged "Loose CL. consisting of 50 or 60 stars of various sizes from about 8 mag down."
******************************
01 12 14.2 -58 14 51; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 2.1'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 6°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, moderately
large, oval 4:3 or 3:2 N-S, ~1.25'x0.9'.
Sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated core enclosing a round,
intensely bright nucleus. The halo
has a subtle but definite uneven surface brightness. NGC 434 is the brightest in a trio (KTS 8) with
NGC 434A appeared extremely faint, very small, round, 12", very low surface brightness. This galaxy is a thin edge-on with very faint curving arms similar to the Integral Sign galaxy, but only the core was noticed. NGC 434A is the faintest in the trio.
John Herschel discovered NGC 434 = h2392 on 28 Oct 1834. He logged "bright; round; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 40" dia." His position is accurate (2 sweeps). Joseph Turner observed the pair of the NGCs on 14 Jan 1879 with the Great Melbourne Telescope and commented that NGC 434 was "considerably elongated" and not round as Herschel described.
******************************
01 13 59.9 +02 04 18; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 20°
24" (1/1/19): at 260x and 375x; faint to fairly faint,
elongated 5:3 SSW-NNE, ~30"x18", fairly low surface brightness,
weakly brighter core but no nucleus.
Situated midway between a mag 10.9 star 2.3' NNE and mag 8.8 HD
7375. The major axis of the galaxy
is nearly parallel to the line connecting these stars. A mag 14.9 star (very
blue on the SDSS) is 50" W.
In a group (WBL 034 = USGC U049) with
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is just off the WSW edge 20" from the center. Located midway between mag 8.5 SAO 109745 2.5' SSW and mag 10.5 2.5' N. NGC 445 lies 15' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 435 = m 36 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF, S, E". His position is 2' N of
******************************
01 15 58 +58 49 00; Cas
V = 8.8; Size 6'
24" (1/4/14): at 200x, ~50 stars are resolved in a rich, 4' group that is well-detached and distinctive. The main group is confined within a triangular outline with a mag 10.9 star at the S end, a mag 12 star at the W end and a mag 11.5 star at the N end. Contains a very rich central region ~1.5' diameter and includes STI 1550, a close triple with components 11.2/11.3/11.8 at 9" and 12". Another uncatalogued pair is just 0.6' S of STI 1550. Two mag 9.5/10 stars are collinear to the east of the mag 10.9 star at the south end.
17.5" (8/16/93): 40 stars mag 10-15 in 4' diameter. Includes a rich 1.5' region with 15 stars with a nice triple star in a tight equilateral triangle. Other brighter stars in this grouping form a pentagon outline. Three equally spaced mag 9-10 stars oriented E-W begin just off the south side. Several sprays of stars emanate out in various directions from the central region.
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly bright and compact, ~30 stars mag 9-14 at 220x in a 4' diameter, distinctive group. Just north of center is a tight triple star with 4th star to E, also second trio of stars is close south. A mag 9 star near the south edge is collinear with two mag 9 stars 2' SE and 4' SE all equally spaced.
William Herschel discovered NGC 436 = H. VII-45 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774). His summary description is "a small pretty compressed cluster of stars, not rich, iF, like a forming one." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 14 22.3 +05 55 37; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 130°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is 1.1' NW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 437 = Sw. 5-11 on 22 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 8 seconds of time too far west but his description "F * nr np" applies to this galaxy. Hermann Kolbold measured an accurate positionin 1895 at the Strasbourg Observatory (not published until 1907).
******************************
NGC 438 = ESO 296-007 = MCG -06-03-029 = PGC 4406
01 13 34.2 -37 54 06; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 126°
17.5" (10/4/97): faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, weak even concentration. Situated just following the midpoint of two mag 13 stars 3.1' SSE and 2.8' NNE. NGC 424 lies 27' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 438 = h2393 on 1 Sep 1834. On one sweep he called this nebula "vF" and another time "pB". His mean position matches ESO 296-007 = PGC 4406.
******************************
01 13 47.2 -31 44 51; Scl
V = 11.5; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 156°
24" (9/15/12): at 175x appeared fairly bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x1.2', increases to a bright core.
NGC 439 is the brightest in the cluster ACO S141 = Klemola 1
with
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x1.2', broad concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 2.3' SW and a mag 14
star is 2.2' SE of center.
Brighter of a pair with NGC 441 2.5' SSE. Located 11' NE of mag 8.2
8" (1/1/84): very faint, small, round. Can just hold steadily with averted vision. A mag 8 star is 10' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 439 = h2394 (along with NGC 441 = h2395) on 27 Sep 1834 and logged "pB, R, bM, 20 arcseconds." His mean position from 2 sweeps is accurate.
******************************
NGC 440 = ESO 113-025 = AM 0110-583 = KTS 8C = LGG 019-002 =
01 12 48.5 -58 16 56; Tuc
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.3', well concentrated with a very small bright core and much fainter extensions. Second brightest in a trio (KTS 8) with NGC 434 5' NW and NGC 434A 5' NW. A mag 11.8 star is 2.3' WNW, midway to NGC 434 and a mag 10.8 star is 2.8' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 440 = h2396 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, S, R, 15" dia."
His position (typo corrected at the end of the Cape of Good Hope
catalog) matches
******************************
NGC 441 = ESO 412-019 = MCG -05-04-016 = PGC 4429
01 13 51.1 -31 47 19; Scl
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
24" (9/15/12): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 4:2 WSW-ENE, bright core, increases to the center. A mag 14 star lies 1.2' NE. Second brightest member of ACO S141 with NGC 439 2,6' NNW.
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 1.3' NE. Forms a close pair with NGC 439 2.5' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 441 = h2395 (along with NGC 439 = h2394) on 27 Sep 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 14 38.7 -01 01 14; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 157°
13.1" (9/3/86): Located 3.9' SW of 38 Ceti (V =
5.7). Fairly faint, small, bright
core. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 442 = Sw. 5-12 on 21 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 11 seconds of RA west
and 15" south of
******************************
01 15 07.5 +33 22 38; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core, stellar nucleus. Located 20'
NNW of
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 443 = Au 10 = Big. 114 on 8
Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. There is nothing at his single
position, but he stated a mag 15 star was 8.3 seconds of time directly
west.
Stephane Javelle independently discovered NGC 443 on 17 Oct
1903 with the 30-inch refractor at the Nice Observatory, placed it accurately,
and Dreyer recatalogued J. 3-849 as
******************************
01 15 49.6 +31 04 50; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 157°
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, fairly small, very
elongated 4:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 11
star is 3' ESE. Forms a pair with
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 444 on 26 Oct 1854 with Lord Rosse's 72" at Birr Castle while observing NGC 452. The first description reads "vvF ray, elongated NW-SE, without nucleus." The NGC RA is 28 sec too small but Mitchell's description and sketch clearly identifies NGC 444 = UGC 810 = 4561. Javelle independently discovered the galaxy on 17 Oct 1903 with the 30" refractor at Nice, assumed it was new and placed it correctly in paper 3-851 (later 1658). So, NGC 444 = IC 1658 with discovery priority to Mitchell.
******************************
NGC 445 = CGCG 385-047 = WBL 034-002 = PGC 4493
01 14 52.6 +01 55 03; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 135°
24" (1/1/19): at 375x; better than fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, ~25"x20", strongly concentrated with a fairly high surface brightness core and much fainter outer halo. An extremely faint star is superimposed at the northeast edge. The galaxy is bracketed by a mag 11.9 star 2.0' ESE and a mag 12.7 star 0.9' WNW. Brightest in a group (WBL 34 = USGC U049)
NGC 445 forms the northern vertex of a triangle with with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, very small, round, broad concentration. On a line between a mag 12 star 0.9' WNW and a mag 11 star 1.9' ESE. NGC 435 lies 15' NW. UGC 791 6.3' SW not seen.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 445 = m 37 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta. His
position matches
******************************
01 16 03.6 +04 17 38; Psc
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 NW-SE, prominent sharp bright core with a nearly stellar nucleus. This galaxy is identified as
Albert Marth discovered NGC 446 = m 38 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48-inch on Malta. There
is nothing at Marth's position but Corwin suggests NGC 446 is
******************************
NGC 447 = IC 1656 = UGC 804 = MCG +05-04-006 = CGCG 502-013 =
01 15 37.6 +33 04 04; Psc
V = 14.0; Size 2.2'x2.2'; Surf Br = 15.5
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small,
round. A mag 15 star is involved
at the southeast end. In a group
with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 447 = Au 11 on 8 Oct 1861with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. His position (measured on 4 nights) is accurate. He noted the mag 11 star that follows by 9.2 seconds of RA and 110" north as well as an involved star about 18-19th magnitude (the star is closer to mag 15). Auwers included this discovery in his 1862 list of 50 new nebulae. Stephan observed it on 5 Oct 1869 at Marseilles. A week later on a second observation he apparently discovered NGC 449 and 451.
Barnard found this galaxy again, along with NGC 451, on 25
Oct 1888 using the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted (in his logbook) the
"nebula is s.p. comparison star [mag 6
Based on the NGC positions, the RNGC has reversed the identifications of NGC 447 and NGC 449 whose correct orientations should be SW-NE. UGC and CGCG misidentify NGC 447 = PGC 4550 as NGC 449 = IC 1656 and NGC 449 is misidentified as IC 1661 in CGCG. MCG identifies these galaxies correctly. These errors were noted in my RNGC Corrections #3 and Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 15 16.5 -01 37 35; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 116°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, brighter along major axis, bright core, high surface brightness.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 448 = Sw. 4-5 on 2 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is just 5 tsec of RA east and 33" S of UGC 801 = PGC 4524.
******************************
NGC 449 = MCG +05-04-009 = CGCG 502-018 = Mrk 1 = PGC 4587
01 16 07.2 +33 05 22; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small,
round, bright core. Forms a close
pair with NGC 451 1.9' SE. Located
2.9' SW of mag 6.0
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 449 = St. 12-11, as well as NGC 451, on 12 Oct 1869 while observing NGC 443. His published micrometric position was made 12 years later on 11 Nov 1881 with description "vF, vS, R, very little brighter middle, vF * involved".
The RNGC misidentifies NGC 447 as NGC 449 (reversing the identifications of NGC 447 and NGC 449). CGCG labels NGC 449 as IC 1661. Although it is possible that IC 1661 (discovered by Barnard) is a duplicate observation of NGC 449, Corwin feels it is more likely that IC 1661 applies to NGC 451. More in my RNGC Corrections #3 and Malcolm Thomson's "CGCG Corrections".
******************************
NGC 450 = UGC 806 = MCG +00-04-062 = CGCG 385-052 = PGC 4540
01 15 30.4 -00 51 40; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 3.1'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 72°
48" (10/22/11): at 610x this double system is dominated by NGC 450, which appeared bright, large, 2.3' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a relatively large 30" bright core, surrounded by a very large, low surface brightness halo. The halo is slightly asymmetric and more extensive on the west side.
Three faint "stars" are superimposed on the east side of the galaxy; two appeared stellar, but the faintest and most westerly object was clearly "soft" at 610x. These are apparently HII knots in the galaxy and the southeast object is listed in NED as UM 311 from the University of Michigan Emission Line Survey.
NGC 450 has a very close companion,
13.1" (9/3/86): very large, diffuse, broad concentration, slightly elongated. Located 12.5' NE of 38 Ceti.
William Herschel discovered NGC 450 = H. III-440 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448). Just 35 seconds after recording 5.7-mag 38 Ceti, he logged III-440 as "very faint, very large, requires great attention." Heinrich d'Arrest later measured an accurate position used in the NGC. This system is a noninteracting spiral pair with the companion (UGC 807) over 6 times as distant.
******************************
NGC 451 = IC 1661 = MCG +05-04-011 = CGCG 502-019 = Mrk 976 = PGC 4594
01 16 12.4 +33 03 51; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small, oval. Located 3.3' SSW of mag 6.0 SAO 54567! Forms a close pair with NGC 449 1.9' NW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 451 = St. 12-12, as well as NGC 449, on 12 Oct 1869 while observing NGC 443. His published micrometric position was made 12 years later on 10 Nov 1881 with description "vF, vS, R, very little brighter middle".
E.E. Barnard independently found this galaxy visually, along with NGC 447, on 25 Oct 1888 observing with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted it was 6 seconds of time preceding his comparison star (mag 6 HD 7578) and called it "vvF, S, R." The rediscovery was sent directly to Dreyer who cataloged it again as IC 1661, though his declination was 1.2' too far north (similar error with IC 1656 = NGC 447). Barnard later wrote in pen in his notebook that "This is NGC 451". CGCG labels this galaxy IC 1661, though NGC 451 should be the primary designation.
******************************
NGC 452 = VV 430 = UGC 820 = MCG +05-04-010 = CGCG 502-020 =
01 16 14.8 +31 02 02; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 2.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 43°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated SW-NE, bright core. Located 3.2' SE of a mag 10.5 star. Forms a pair with NGC 444 6' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 452 = h96 on 22 Nov 1827 and reported "vF; E; a * 9m np and a small * nf at the extremity of the nebula." His position is accurate and a star is superimposed at the NE end. The field was observed 7 times using Lord Rosse's 72". R.J. Mitchell's observation on 3 Nov 1855 reads "mE, pB nucleus and a star in north end; np. this neb. is a star of the 9th mag, and about the same distance preceding this star is another neb., vF, mE [NGC 444].
******************************
01 16 17.4 +33 00 51; Psc
= ***, Corwin.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 453 = St. 12-13, along with NGC 449 and 451, on 12 Oct 1869. At his position (reduced on 10 Nov 1881) is a collinear triple star 2.2' SSE of NGC 451. The triple is cleanly resolved on the DSS. It is very possible the two brighter (northern) stars were unresolved (nebulous) to Stephan.
******************************
01 14 23.0 -55 23 54; Phe
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.5
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): NGC 454 was resolved into a
neat contact double system at 244x [28" separation between centers],
though better viewed at 397x. The
main component is on the east side and appeared moderately bright, fairly
small, elongated ~2:1 E-W, ~50"x25". At 397x it was sharply concentrated with an extremely high
surface brightness elongated core and stellar nucleus. The interacting
companion,
John Herschel discovered NGC 454 = h2397 on 5 Oct 1834 and logged "vF, S, R, bM, 15 arcsec." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 15 57.6 +05 10 43; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 165°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core. Located 2.5' NW of a mag 10.5 star.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 455 = m 39 on 27 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "F, vS, alm stell". His position is 1' N of
******************************
01 13 44.4 -73 17 26; Tuc
Size 5'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first of an unusual chain of three nebulous clusters with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 456 = D 7 = D 10 = h2399 on 1
Aug 1826, along with NGC 460 and
John Herschel observed this object on at least 3 sweeps from the Cape. He noted it was the first of 3 nebulous clusters with NGC 460 (observed 4 times) and NGC 465 (recorded once). In addition, it appears that h2398, which did not enter the GC or NGC, is a 4th observation of NGC 456 but with a poor RA. Herschel equated D 7 with h2399.
NGC 456 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "several cB stars, involved in nebulosity."
******************************
01 19 35 +58 17 15; Cas
V = 6.4; Size 13'
17.5" (9/19/87): ~150 stars in a beautiful cluster including mag 5 Phi 1 (yellow supergiant possibly in the foreground) and mag 7 Phi 2 Cassiopeiae. Includes many mag 14-15 stars.
8" (1/1/84): ~75 stars in cluster at 100x.
6: striking bird-shape with two prominent "arms". One of my favorite objects in this scope at 36x.
15x50mm (7/26/06): the cluster was slightly resolved in IS binoculars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 457 = H. VII-42 = h97 on 18 Oct 1787 (sweep 769) and described "A star [Phi Cass]. About 50 seconds preceding is a cluster of small scattered stars, not very rich." John Herschel recorded "a double star 10m, pos 324.5°, dist 12", in the midst of a p rich L cl which fills the field. The stars are 10m; one of 7 and 1 of 8m in the sf part."
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), Wolfgang Steinicke uncovered that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 8 Aug 1780 using his 6.2" reflector in his second review. He logged "a little north of this [Phi Cas] are several double, treble, quadrupole stars, very small, this is a very rich spot."
******************************
NGC 458 = ESO 051-026 = Lindsay 96
01 14 54 -71 32 54; Tuc
V = 11.7
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this cluster is an outlying member of the SMC to the NE of the main body and 70' SE of NGC 362. At 228x, it appeared fairly bright, small, 1.5'-2' diameter, brighter core, slightly elongated. The surface brightness was irregular with some mottling but there was no apparent resolution. Three mag 10 stars are on the SW edge of the field, 10' from the cluster.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 458 = D 60 = h2401 on 6 Sep 1826. He described "a round well-defined nebula, gradually brighter to the centre, about 25" diameter." His position is 12' too far E, but correctly matching in declination with HD 6222 (close to NGC 361), the first object recorded in the drift.
John Herschel made 2 observations, recording on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) "F, L, R, very gradually brighter middle, 4' dia." Herschel noted the equivalence with D 60.
NGC 458 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "probably a cluster, extremely small, close, no neb. seen." NGC 458 was described as "probably globular" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa.
******************************
01 18 08.1 +17 33 44; Psc
V = 14.6; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (8/16/93): extremely faint, very small, round, very low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is 1' SE. Located 5' WSW of two mag 10/11.5 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 459 = H. III-205 on 15 Oct
1784 (sweep 291) and described as "eF, 240 left a doubt, though it rather
confirmed it. I perceived it in counting a field, otherwise I should never have
suspected it." WH's position
for III-205 is 01 18.2 +17 39 which is 7' north of
******************************
NGC 460 = SMC-N84A = ESO 029-39 = Kron 66 = Lindsay 97
01 14 41 -73 17 50; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the second of three SMC clusters with NGC 456 and NGC 465 in a chain. At 128x and UHC filter, two close nebulous patches roughly oriented NW-SE were visible, separated by a dusky lane oriented SW-NE. The total diameter is ~2.5'. The northwest component, which corresponds with John Herschel's position, has a very small knot or star (SMC-N84A) at the south end.
The fainter southeast section has some stars involved (Lindsay 97), including mag 12.5 Sk 155, a massive O9-type star and mag 14.2 SMC-N84B, an emission-line "star" [resolved by HST as a compact HII knot]. Located 4' ESE of NGC 456 with NGC 465 a similar distance southeast. A mag 10 star is close north.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 460 = D 8 = D 12? = h2402, along with nearby NGC 456 and NGC 465, on 1 Aug 1826. He described a "a small oval nebula, about 10" diameter" and his single position is just 2' NE. He apparently viewed in again during a short drift on 6 Sep 1826 that included NGC 456 and NGC 465, but his reduced positions were 20'-25' too far ENE.
John Herschel discovered this SMC cluster/nebula on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) and recorded it 4 times. He noted it was the second of three nebulous clusters with NGC 456 (observed 3 times) and NGC 465 (observed once). Herschel placed h2402 at a mean position of 01 14 40 -73 18.2 (2000), which was used in the GC and NGC. Nevertheless, the declination given in RNGC, Deep Sky Field Guide (first edition only), NGC 2000.0 and Uranometria 2000 Atlas (first edition only) is one degree too far north. The declination given in ESO is correct.
NGC 460 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "Several stars involved in nebulosity."
******************************
01 17 20.4 -33 50 28; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 23°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low surface brightness, no concentration. Lies in a barren field with a mag 13 star 3.3' SW. Incorrect position in RNGC and on U2000 atlas.
John Herschel discovered NGC 461 = h2400 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "pB, R, gradually little brighter middle, 20
arcseconds". There is nothing
at his position but 30' S is
******************************
01 18 10.9 +04 13 34; Psc
V = 14.8; Size 0.4'x0.4'
17.5" (12/23/92): extremely faint and small, round,
visible continuously with averted vision.
A mag 13.5 star is 2.5' S.
The galaxy is almost collinear with mag 9.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 462 = m 40 on 23 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, vS, stellar". His position is accurate. This galaxy is not included in the CGCG, MCG, RC3 and UGC.
******************************
01 18 58.2 +16 19 33; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 4°
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SSW-NNE, very small brighter core, extremely faint extensions.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 463 = St. 3-1 on 13 Oct 1869. His published accurate position was made on 16 Dec 1871 with the description "eF, vS, R, little brighter middle."
******************************
01 19 26.7 +34 57 20; And
= ** or asterism of 4*, Gottlieb. Unlikely identification in the RNGC.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 464 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, Italy, and recorded it in list V at 01 19 33 +34 57.7 (2000). According to Bigourdan who searched for NGC 464, Tempel's entry may refer to a small asterism of four stars close northeast. But just 1' W of his position is a 9" pair of mag 14 stars with a mean position of 01 19 26.7 +34 57 20 (2000). Interestingly, my observing notes with the 17.5" indicate that I thought the close faint double could possibly be a non-stellar object!
RNGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
NGC 465 = ESO 029-040 = Kron 67 = Lindsay 99
01 15 42.7 -73 19 27; Tuc
V = 11.5; Size 4'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the last in a chain of interesting knots and clusters including NGC 456, NGC 460nw and 460se. At 171x it appears as a 4' curving chain of stars (Hodge Association 63) with no central concentration situated 4' following NGC 460. There is possibly some faint haze involved or this is just dim stars (no significant nebulosity shows on the Red DSS 2 image). The entire complex of stars and nebulosity is ~10' in length and fascinating in a 171x field (29').
James Dunlop discovered NGC 465 = D 9 = D 13? = h2404, along with NGC 456 and NGC 460, on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a faint nebula, about 1 1/2' diameter, of an irregular round figure. His position was 6' too far E, but the description fits. He apparently viewed in again during a short drift on 6 Sep 1826 that included NGC 456 and NGC 460, but his reduced positions were 20'-25' too far ENE.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738) and described it as the third of three "in an irregular line of loose stars and nebula." This object was only recorded on this one sweep, while NGC 456 and 460 were recorded 3 or 4 times.
NGC 465 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "many stars, but no nebula, perhaps open cluster."
******************************
01 17 13.4 -58 54 36; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 103°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; moderately bright, fairly small, round, 0.6' diameter. Gradually increases to a small brighter nucleus and a stellar peak. An extremely low surface brightness outer halo was not seen at higher power. Collinear with a mag 11.7 star 3.5' N and a mag 12.2 star 9' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 466 = h2403 on 3 Oct 1836 and
logged "vF, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 30" dia." His position matches
******************************
01 19 10.1 +03 18 02; Psc
V = 11.9; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.9
24" (1/12/13): bright, moderately large, round, 1.2'
diameter, sharply concentrated with a relatively large high surface brightness
core that increases to a very small, very bright nucleus. Located 3.5' WNW of mag 7.5 HD
7991. First in a trio with
13.1" (8/25/84): moderately bright, slightly brighter core.
13.1" (11/13/82): fairly faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Collinear with mag
8.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 467 = H. I-108 = h99 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and logged "cB, vL, irregularly round, preceding a very bright star." He had missed Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate micrometric position.
******************************
01 20 28.7 +32 42 32; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
See observing notes for
Modern sources associate NGC 468 = IC 92 (below).
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, small. A mag 15 star is 1' NW. Located 10' WNW of NGC 472 = NGC 468.
John Herschel discovered NGC 468 = h98 on 22 Nov 1827 and
recorded "vF; eS; stellar."
His position was 3.6' south of
In March 2015, Harold Corwin checked Herschel's observing
logs (in response to an inquiry from Courtney Seligman about the identity), and
found he made an error in reducing the position of NGC 468 by 37 seconds in RA
(recording the wrong wire). Once
corrected for an additional 37 seconds, the position of h98 = NGC 468 is a
close match with
******************************
01 19 32.9 +14 52 19; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.5'
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Located 5.1' NNE of
mag 8.6
Albert Marth discovered NGC 469 = m 41 (along with NGC 471
and
******************************
NGC 470 = Arp 227 NED1 = UGC 858 = MCG +00-04-084 = CGCG 385-070 = KTG 5B = PGC 4777
01 19 44.8 +03 24 36; Psc
V = 11.8; Size 2.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 155°
48" (10/25/14): very bright, large, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, ~1.8'x1.2'. The bright core contains an intense circular nucleus. Two spiral arms are visible with the brighter and better defined arm on the southwest side of the core. It extends ~40" SW-NE and is fairly narrow and straight. A second matching arm to the northeast of the core also stretches SW-NE, but has a lower contrast. Neither arm clearly connects to the nucleus, so they appear more as bright arcs.
24" (1/12/13): very bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.8'x0.9', high surface brightness. The halo gradually and weakly increases towards the center and then a sharp increase to a bright, quasi-stellar nucleus. Forms a 5.5' pair with NGC 474 to the east. NGC 467 lies 11' SW.
13.1" (8/25/84): fairly faint, moderately large, diffuse, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration at center. Largest of three with NGC 467 11' SW and NGC 474 6' E.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 470 = H. III-250, along with NGC 474, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338). He described both as "Two. vF, vS, R, almost stellar 4' or 5' from each other, nearly in a parallel [E-W]." On 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) he noted "pB, L, R, mbM." Just one minute earlier he discovered NGC 467, which was missed on 13 Dec 1784 probably due to the vertical sweep motion.
******************************
NGC 471 = UGC 861 = MCG +02-04-024 = CGCG 436-029 = PGC 4793
01 19 59.6 +14 47 10; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, very small, round, very
small very bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. NGC 469 is 10' NW.
Superimposed on the distant cluster
Albert Marth discovered NGC 471 = m 42 (along with NGC 469
and NGC 475) on 3 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted as
"neb *12m". His dec is
1' N of
******************************
NGC 472 = NGC 468 = UGC 870 = MCG +05-04-022 = CGCG 502-034 = PGC 4833
01 20 28.7 +32 42 32; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, round, small bright core. Located 3.5' SE of a mag 10 star. IC 92 (generally misidentified as NGC 468) lies 10' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest found NGC 472 on 29 Aug 1862 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His position (measured on 3 nights) and description (he measured the nearby mag 9.7 star as preceding by 14 seconds) corresponds with UGC 870 = PGC 4833. d'Arrest is credited with the discovery in the GC and NGC, but in Mar 2015 Harold Corwin found that h98 = NGC 468, which had previously been equated with IC 92, actually refers to this galaxy. So, NGC 472 = NGC 468, with discovery priority to John Herschel. See NGC 468.
******************************
NGC 473 = UGC 859 = MCG +03-04-022 = CGCG 459-030 = PGC 4785
01 19 55.1 +16 32 41; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (12/23/92): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.4'x0.7', broad concentration, bright core, stellar nucleus. Several bright stars are in the field including three mag 9 stars 5' SE, 10' SSW and 11' NW. NGC 463 lies 20' SW.
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately large, very diffuse, slightly elongated. Two very faint stars are off the east edge and a mag 9 star follows.
William Herschel discovered NGC 473 = H. III-206 on 15 Oct
1784 (sweep 291) and noted "eF, S." His position is 5' southeast of
******************************
NGC 474 = Arp 227 NED2 = UGC 864 = MCG +00-04-085 = CGCG 385-071 = KTG 5C = PGC 4801
01 20 06.7 +03 24 56; Psc
V = 11.9; Size 7.1'x6.3'; Surf Br = 15.7; PA = 75°
48" (10/25/14): the outer halo of NGC 474 was examined closely at 375x for evidence of the outer, concentric shells and circular streams that are visible on deep images. Immediately there was a strong sense of arcs from two or more different shells. The easiest arc to confirm was the outermost on the eastern side, which curves south from a mag 13.3 star situated 3.3' NE of center. The arc passes through a mag 16.3 star and extends 30°-40°. A second outer arc on the northeast side is half the distance (~1.6') to the center. This arc has a stronger curvature and measures roughly 60°. Only a single outer arc (slightly more difficult to confirm) was noted on the southwest side, 2'-2.5' from center. My rough sketch shows it also curving ~60°. Additional inner arcs or ripples were strongly sensed in the main halo of the galaxy, but were too subtle and fleeting to pinpoint locations. The center was sharply concentrated with a very prominent 1' core. The core itself was sharply concentrated to a small, blazing nucleus.
24" (1/12/13): bright, very large with a huge very low surface brightness halo, extending roughly 4'x3.5' NW-SE. Very sharply concentrated with a very bright, slightly oval core, ~1.0'x0.8', which increases to a small intense nucleus. Largest in a trio with NGC 470 5.5' W and NGC 467 16' SW.
13.1" (8/25/84): fairly bright, small, round, small
bright core. Forms a pair with NGC
470 6' W. NGC 467 lies 15' SW and
8" (10/31/81): faint, very small, round, bright core. Located 30' ESE of mag 5.2 89 Piscium.
William Herschel discovered NGC 474 = H. III-251, along with NGC 470, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338). He logged them together as "Two. vF, vS, R, almost stellar 4' or 5' from each other, nearly in a parallel." On 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) he noted "pB, pL, mbM." Again on 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788), he reported "pB, S, R, suddenly much brighter middle, the following of 2."
******************************
01 20 02.0 +14 51 40; Psc
V = 15.0; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (10/4/97): threshold object that was barely glimpsed on a couple of occasions at 280x with averted vision using a GSC finder chart to pinpoint the location. Visible less than 10% of time and would not have detected at all without first knowing precise position. Appeared ~10" diameter but much too faint for any details. Located 4.5' N of NGC 471 and 7' E of NGC 469.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 475 = m 43 on 3 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, S". His original position matches
******************************
01 20 19.9 +16 01 13; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (12/4/93): very faint, very small, 20" diameter, weakly concentrated core. Located just east of distinctive 13' string of six mag 12-13 stars oriented NW-SE including a mag 13 star 3' NW and a mag 11.5 star 3.5' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 476 = m 44 on 3 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta. He
logged it as "eF, vS, stellar" and his position is a close match with
******************************
01 21 20.3 +40 29 17; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 135°
18" (7/11/10): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE,
0.6'x0.4', weak concentration with just a slightly brighter center but no core
or zones. A mag 13.5 star lies
0.8' SE. Brightest of three with
17.5" (8/16/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.5', weakly concentrated but no core, larger halo with averted. A mag 13.5 star is at the SE edge. Forms a very close pair with MCG +07-03-031 2.3' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 477 = H. III-577 = h100 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and noted "vF, pL, lE, little brighter in the middle." John Herschel reported on 1 Oct 1828 (sweep 183), "eF; S; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 15" [diameter]; moonlight."
******************************
01 20 08.9 -22 22 40; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 128°
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint, very small, round,
30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Situated between two mag 13.5-14 stars ~1.5' S and a similar
star 1.2' NNW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 478 = LM 2-302 in 1886
with the 26" refractor of the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 14 sec of RA east
of
******************************
NGC 479 = UGC 893 = MCG +01-04-031 = CGCG 411-031 = PGC 4905
01 21 15.7 +03 51 44; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, small, round, broad mild concentration. Forms the east vertex of a near equilateral triangle with a mag 11 star 6.6' WSW and a mag 12 star 7' NW. NGC 474 lies 30' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 479 = m 45 on 27 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, S, R". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 20 34.3 -09 52 50; Cet
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 65°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint and small, round, ~10" diameter. This marginal object required averted vision and the GSC finder chart to glimpse at 280x. Located 8' E of mag 7 SAO 147742 and nearly at the midpoint of two mag 12 stars 3.7' SW and 3.3' NE. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC and this identification of a Leavenworth discovery is uncertain (see notes).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 480 = LM 2-304 in 1886
with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 25 sec of RA following
******************************
NGC 481 = MCG -02-04-030 = PGC 4899
01 21 12.4 -09 12 40; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 85°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, small bright core, fairly bright stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1' NW.
Lewis Swift independently discovered NGC 481 = Sw. 6-7 = LM
2-303 on 20 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory,
along with Francis Leavenworth sometime in 1886 or early 1887 with the 26"
refractor at Leander McCormick.
The discovery priority is unknown.
Swift's comment "F * nr np" applies to
******************************
01 20 20.5 -40 57 59; Phe
V = 13.7;